1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 111 static int text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col); 112 #endif 113 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 114 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 115 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 116 #endif 117 118 /* Flag that is set when drawing for a callback, not from the main command 119 * loop. */ 120 static int redrawing_for_callback = 0; 121 122 /* 123 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 124 */ 125 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 126 127 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 128 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 129 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 130 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 131 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 132 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 133 #endif 134 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange); 135 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 136 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 137 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 138 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 139 #endif 140 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 141 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 142 static void start_search_hl(void); 143 static void end_search_hl(void); 144 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 145 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 146 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 147 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 148 #endif 149 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 150 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 151 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 152 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 153 #endif 154 static void screenclear2(void); 155 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr); 156 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 157 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 158 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 159 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del, int clear_attr); 160 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 161 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 162 static void recording_mode(int attr); 163 static void draw_tabline(void); 164 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp); 165 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 166 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 167 static void redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp); 168 #endif 169 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 170 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 171 #endif 172 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 173 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always); 174 #endif 175 176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 177 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 178 179 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_RELTIME) 180 /* Can limit syntax highlight time to 'redrawtime'. */ 181 # define SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1 182 #endif 183 184 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 185 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) x 186 #else 187 # define HAS_RIGHTLEFT(x) FALSE 188 #endif 189 190 /* 191 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 192 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 193 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 194 */ 195 void 196 redraw_later(int type) 197 { 198 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 199 } 200 201 void 202 redraw_win_later( 203 win_T *wp, 204 int type) 205 { 206 if (!exiting && wp->w_redr_type < type) 207 { 208 wp->w_redr_type = type; 209 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 210 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 211 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 212 must_redraw = type; 213 } 214 } 215 216 /* 217 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 218 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 219 */ 220 void 221 redraw_later_clear(void) 222 { 223 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 224 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 225 if (gui.in_use) 226 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 227 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 228 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 229 else 230 #endif 231 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 232 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE | HL_STRIKETHROUGH; 233 } 234 235 /* 236 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 237 */ 238 void 239 redraw_all_later(int type) 240 { 241 win_T *wp; 242 243 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 244 { 245 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 246 } 247 } 248 249 /* 250 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 251 */ 252 void 253 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 254 { 255 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 256 } 257 258 void 259 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 260 { 261 win_T *wp; 262 263 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 264 { 265 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 266 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 267 } 268 } 269 270 void 271 redraw_buf_and_status_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 272 { 273 win_T *wp; 274 275 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 276 if (wild_menu_showing != 0) 277 /* Don't redraw while the command line completion is displayed, it 278 * would disappear. */ 279 return; 280 #endif 281 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 282 { 283 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 284 { 285 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 286 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 291 /* 292 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 293 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 294 * Return a code indicating what happened. 295 */ 296 int 297 redraw_asap(int type) 298 { 299 int rows; 300 int cols = screen_Columns; 301 int r; 302 int ret = 0; 303 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 304 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 306 int i; 307 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 308 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 309 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 310 #endif 311 312 redraw_later(type); 313 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 314 return ret; 315 316 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 317 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 318 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 319 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 320 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 321 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 322 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 323 ret = 2; 324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 325 if (enc_utf8) 326 { 327 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 328 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 329 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 330 ret = 2; 331 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 332 { 333 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 334 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 335 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 336 ret = 2; 337 } 338 } 339 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 340 { 341 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 342 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 343 if (screenline2 == NULL) 344 ret = 2; 345 } 346 #endif 347 348 if (ret != 2) 349 { 350 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 351 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 352 { 353 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 354 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 355 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 356 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 357 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 358 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 360 if (enc_utf8) 361 { 362 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 363 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 364 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 365 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 366 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 367 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 368 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 369 } 370 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 371 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 372 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 373 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 374 #endif 375 } 376 377 update_screen(0); 378 ret = 3; 379 380 if (must_redraw == 0) 381 { 382 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 383 384 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 385 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 386 { 387 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 388 screenline + r * cols, 389 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 390 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 391 screenattr + r * cols, 392 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 393 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 394 if (enc_utf8) 395 { 396 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 397 screenlineUC + r * cols, 398 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 399 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 400 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 401 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 402 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 403 } 404 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 405 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 406 screenline2 + r * cols, 407 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 408 #endif 409 screen_line(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 410 } 411 ret = 4; 412 } 413 } 414 415 vim_free(screenline); 416 vim_free(screenattr); 417 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 418 if (enc_utf8) 419 { 420 vim_free(screenlineUC); 421 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 422 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 423 } 424 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 425 vim_free(screenline2); 426 #endif 427 428 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 429 maybe_intro_message(); 430 431 setcursor(); 432 433 return ret; 434 } 435 436 /* 437 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 438 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 439 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 440 * If "call_update_screen" is FALSE don't call update_screen() when at the 441 * command line. 442 */ 443 void 444 redraw_after_callback(int call_update_screen) 445 { 446 ++redrawing_for_callback; 447 448 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 449 ; /* do nothing */ 450 else if (State & CMDLINE) 451 { 452 /* Redrawing only works when the screen didn't scroll. Don't clear 453 * wildmenu entries. */ 454 if (msg_scrolled == 0 455 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 456 && wild_menu_showing == 0 457 #endif 458 && call_update_screen) 459 update_screen(0); 460 /* Redraw in the same position, so that the user can continue 461 * editing the command. */ 462 redrawcmdline_ex(FALSE); 463 } 464 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT | TERMINAL)) 465 { 466 /* keep the command line if possible */ 467 update_screen(VALID_NO_UPDATE); 468 setcursor(); 469 } 470 cursor_on(); 471 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 472 if (gui.in_use && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 473 /* Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 474 * flicker. */ 475 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 476 else 477 #endif 478 out_flush(); 479 480 --redrawing_for_callback; 481 } 482 483 /* 484 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 485 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 486 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 487 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 488 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 489 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 490 */ 491 void 492 redrawWinline( 493 linenr_T lnum, 494 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 495 { 496 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 497 int i; 498 #endif 499 500 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 501 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 502 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 503 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 504 redraw_later(VALID); 505 506 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 507 if (invalid) 508 { 509 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 510 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 511 if (i >= 0) 512 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 513 } 514 #endif 515 } 516 517 /* 518 * Update all windows that are editing the current buffer. 519 */ 520 void 521 update_curbuf(int type) 522 { 523 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 524 update_screen(type); 525 } 526 527 /* 528 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 529 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 530 * Return OK when the screen was updated, FAIL if it was not done. 531 */ 532 int 533 update_screen(int type_arg) 534 { 535 int type = type_arg; 536 win_T *wp; 537 static int did_intro = FALSE; 538 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 539 int did_one; 540 #endif 541 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 542 int did_undraw = FALSE; 543 int gui_cursor_col; 544 int gui_cursor_row; 545 #endif 546 int no_update = FALSE; 547 548 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 549 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 550 return FAIL; 551 552 if (type == VALID_NO_UPDATE) 553 { 554 no_update = TRUE; 555 type = 0; 556 } 557 558 if (must_redraw) 559 { 560 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 561 type = must_redraw; 562 563 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 564 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 565 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 566 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 567 must_redraw = 0; 568 } 569 570 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 571 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 572 type = NOT_VALID; 573 574 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 575 * recursively. */ 576 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 577 { 578 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 579 must_redraw = type; 580 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 581 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 582 return FAIL; 583 } 584 585 updating_screen = TRUE; 586 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 587 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 588 * display updating */ 589 #endif 590 if (no_update) 591 ++no_win_do_lines_ins; 592 593 /* 594 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 595 */ 596 if (msg_scrolled) 597 { 598 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 599 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 600 type = CLEAR; 601 else if (type != CLEAR) 602 { 603 check_for_delay(FALSE); 604 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 605 == FAIL) 606 type = CLEAR; 607 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 608 { 609 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 610 { 611 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 612 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 613 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 614 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 615 { 616 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 617 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 618 } 619 else 620 { 621 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 622 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height 623 <= msg_scrolled) 624 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 625 } 626 } 627 } 628 if (!no_update) 629 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 630 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 631 } 632 msg_scrolled = 0; 633 need_wait_return = FALSE; 634 } 635 636 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 637 compute_cmdrow(); 638 639 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 640 if (need_highlight_changed) 641 highlight_changed(); 642 643 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 644 { 645 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 646 type = NOT_VALID; 647 /* must_redraw may be set indirectly, avoid another redraw later */ 648 must_redraw = 0; 649 } 650 651 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 652 check_for_delay(FALSE); 653 654 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 655 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 656 * changes. */ 657 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 658 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 659 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 660 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 661 #endif 662 663 /* 664 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 665 */ 666 if (type == INVERTED) 667 update_curswant(); 668 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 669 && !((type == VALID 670 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 671 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 672 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 673 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 674 #endif 675 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 676 || (type == INVERTED 677 && VIsual_active 678 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 679 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 680 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 681 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 682 )) 683 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 684 685 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 686 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 687 draw_tabline(); 688 689 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 690 /* 691 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 692 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 693 */ 694 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 695 { 696 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 697 { 698 win_T *wwp; 699 700 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 701 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 702 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 703 break; 704 if (wwp == wp && syntax_present(wp)) 705 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 706 } 707 } 708 #endif 709 710 /* 711 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 712 * it. 713 */ 714 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 715 did_one = FALSE; 716 #endif 717 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 718 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 719 #endif 720 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 721 { 722 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 723 { 724 cursor_off(); 725 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 726 if (!did_one) 727 { 728 did_one = TRUE; 729 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 730 start_search_hl(); 731 # endif 732 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 733 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 734 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 735 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 736 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 737 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 738 # endif 739 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 740 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 741 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 742 * it. */ 743 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 744 { 745 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 746 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 747 gui_undraw_cursor(); 748 did_undraw = TRUE; 749 } 750 #endif 751 } 752 #endif 753 win_update(wp); 754 } 755 756 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 757 if (wp->w_redr_status) 758 { 759 cursor_off(); 760 win_redr_status(wp); 761 } 762 } 763 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 764 end_search_hl(); 765 #endif 766 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 767 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 768 if (pum_visible()) 769 pum_redraw(); 770 #endif 771 772 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 773 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 774 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 775 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 776 777 updating_screen = FALSE; 778 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 779 gui_may_resize_shell(); 780 #endif 781 782 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 783 * mess up the command line. */ 784 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 785 showmode(); 786 787 if (no_update) 788 --no_win_do_lines_ins; 789 790 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 791 if (!did_intro) 792 maybe_intro_message(); 793 did_intro = TRUE; 794 795 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 796 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 797 * done. */ 798 if (gui.in_use) 799 { 800 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 801 { 802 mch_disable_flush(); 803 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 804 mch_enable_flush(); 805 806 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 807 * uses that. */ 808 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 809 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 810 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 811 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 812 # endif 813 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 814 gui_may_flush(); 815 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 816 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 817 } 818 else 819 out_flush(); 820 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 821 } 822 #endif 823 return OK; 824 } 825 826 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 827 /* 828 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 829 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 830 */ 831 static void 832 update_prepare(void) 833 { 834 cursor_off(); 835 updating_screen = TRUE; 836 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 837 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 838 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 839 if (gui.in_use) 840 gui_undraw_cursor(); 841 #endif 842 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 843 start_search_hl(); 844 #endif 845 } 846 847 /* 848 * Finish updating one or more windows. 849 */ 850 static void 851 update_finish(void) 852 { 853 if (redraw_cmdline) 854 showmode(); 855 856 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 857 end_search_hl(); 858 # endif 859 860 updating_screen = FALSE; 861 862 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 863 gui_may_resize_shell(); 864 865 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 866 * done. */ 867 if (gui.in_use) 868 { 869 out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 870 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 871 } 872 # endif 873 } 874 #endif 875 876 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 877 /* 878 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 879 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 880 */ 881 int 882 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 883 { 884 int c; 885 886 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 887 return FALSE; 888 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 889 c = 'v'; 890 else if (State & INSERT) 891 c = 'i'; 892 else if (State & NORMAL) 893 c = 'n'; 894 else if (State & CMDLINE) 895 c = 'c'; 896 else 897 return FALSE; 898 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 899 } 900 901 /* 902 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 903 */ 904 void 905 conceal_check_cursur_line(void) 906 { 907 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 908 { 909 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 910 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 911 * without concealing. */ 912 curs_columns(TRUE); 913 } 914 } 915 916 void 917 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 918 { 919 int row; 920 int j; 921 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 922 proftime_T syntax_tm; 923 #endif 924 925 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 926 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 927 return; 928 929 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 930 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 931 { 932 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 933 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 934 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 935 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 936 #endif 937 update_prepare(); 938 939 row = 0; 940 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 941 { 942 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 943 { 944 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 945 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 946 init_search_hl(wp); 947 start_search_hl(); 948 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 949 # endif 950 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 951 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 952 end_search_hl(); 953 # endif 954 break; 955 } 956 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 957 } 958 959 update_finish(); 960 961 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 962 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 963 #endif 964 } 965 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 966 } 967 #endif 968 969 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 970 void 971 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 972 { 973 win_T *wp; 974 int doit = FALSE; 975 976 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 977 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 978 # endif 979 980 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 981 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 982 { 983 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 984 { 985 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 986 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 987 { 988 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 989 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 990 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 991 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 992 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 993 } 994 } 995 else 996 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 997 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 998 doit = TRUE; 999 } 1000 1001 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 1002 * happening (recursive call), messages on the screen or still starting up. 1003 */ 1004 if (!doit || updating_screen 1005 || State == ASKMORE || State == HITRETURN 1006 || msg_scrolled 1007 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1008 || gui.starting 1009 #endif 1010 || starting) 1011 return; 1012 1013 /* update all windows that need updating */ 1014 update_prepare(); 1015 1016 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1017 { 1018 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 1019 win_update(wp); 1020 if (wp->w_redr_status) 1021 win_redr_status(wp); 1022 } 1023 1024 update_finish(); 1025 } 1026 #endif 1027 1028 1029 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 1030 /* 1031 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 1032 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 1033 */ 1034 void 1035 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 1036 { 1037 /* return if already busy updating */ 1038 if (updating_screen) 1039 return; 1040 1041 update_prepare(); 1042 1043 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 1044 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1045 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1046 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1047 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1048 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1049 #endif 1050 1051 win_update(wp); 1052 1053 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1054 if (redraw_tabline) 1055 draw_tabline(); 1056 1057 if (wp->w_redr_status 1058 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1059 || p_ru 1060 # endif 1061 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1062 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1063 # endif 1064 ) 1065 win_redr_status(wp); 1066 1067 update_finish(); 1068 } 1069 #endif 1070 1071 /* 1072 * Update a single window. 1073 * 1074 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1075 * screen or scrolling lines). 1076 * 1077 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1078 * implies the one below it. 1079 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1080 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1081 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1082 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1083 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1084 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1085 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1086 * 3. redraw changed text: 1087 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1088 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1089 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1090 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1091 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1092 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1093 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1094 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1095 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1096 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1097 */ 1098 static void 1099 win_update(win_T *wp) 1100 { 1101 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1102 int type; 1103 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1104 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1105 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1106 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1107 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1108 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1109 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1110 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1111 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1112 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1113 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1114 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1115 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1116 #endif 1117 1118 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1119 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1120 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1121 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1122 1123 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1124 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1125 int i; 1126 long j; 1127 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1128 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1129 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1130 long fold_count; 1131 #endif 1132 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1133 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1134 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1135 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1136 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1137 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1138 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1139 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1140 #endif 1141 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1142 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1143 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1144 int save_got_int; 1145 #endif 1146 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1147 proftime_T syntax_tm; 1148 #endif 1149 1150 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1151 1152 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1153 { 1154 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1155 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1156 } 1157 1158 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1159 if (wp->w_height + WINBAR_HEIGHT(wp) == 0) 1160 { 1161 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1162 return; 1163 } 1164 1165 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1166 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1167 { 1168 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1169 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1170 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1171 return; 1172 } 1173 1174 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 1175 /* If this window contains a terminal, redraw works completely differently. 1176 */ 1177 if (term_update_window(wp) == OK) 1178 { 1179 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 1180 /* Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. */ 1181 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1182 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1183 # endif 1184 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1185 return; 1186 } 1187 #endif 1188 1189 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1190 init_search_hl(wp); 1191 #endif 1192 1193 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1194 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1195 * changes. */ 1196 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1197 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1198 { 1199 type = NOT_VALID; 1200 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1201 } 1202 else 1203 #endif 1204 1205 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1206 { 1207 /* 1208 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1209 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1210 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1211 */ 1212 type = NOT_VALID; 1213 } 1214 else 1215 { 1216 /* 1217 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1218 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1219 */ 1220 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1221 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1222 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1223 else 1224 mod_bot = 0; 1225 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1226 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1227 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1228 { 1229 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1230 { 1231 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1232 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1233 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1234 * in a pattern match. */ 1235 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1236 { 1237 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1238 if (mod_top < 1) 1239 mod_top = 1; 1240 } 1241 #endif 1242 } 1243 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1244 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1245 1246 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1247 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1248 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1249 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1250 * lines above the change. 1251 * Same for a match pattern. 1252 */ 1253 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1254 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1255 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1256 else 1257 { 1258 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1259 while (cur != NULL) 1260 { 1261 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1262 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1263 { 1264 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1265 break; 1266 } 1267 cur = cur->next; 1268 } 1269 } 1270 #endif 1271 } 1272 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1273 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1274 { 1275 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1276 1277 /* 1278 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1279 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1280 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1281 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1282 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1283 */ 1284 1285 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1286 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1287 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1288 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1289 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1290 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1291 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1292 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1293 { 1294 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1295 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1296 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1297 { 1298 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1299 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1300 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1301 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1302 ++lnumb; 1303 } 1304 } 1305 1306 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1307 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1308 mod_top = lnumt; 1309 1310 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1311 --mod_bot; 1312 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1313 ++mod_bot; 1314 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1315 mod_bot = lnumb; 1316 } 1317 #endif 1318 1319 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1320 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1321 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1322 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1323 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1324 { 1325 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1326 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1327 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1328 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1329 top_end = 1; 1330 #endif 1331 } 1332 1333 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1334 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1335 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1336 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1337 } 1338 1339 /* 1340 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1341 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1342 */ 1343 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1344 { 1345 j = 0; 1346 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1347 { 1348 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1349 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1350 { 1351 top_end = j; 1352 break; 1353 } 1354 } 1355 if (top_end == 0) 1356 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1357 type = NOT_VALID; 1358 else 1359 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1360 type = VALID; 1361 } 1362 1363 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1364 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1365 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1366 * called. */ 1367 if (screen_cleared) 1368 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1369 1370 /* 1371 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1372 * handle three cases: 1373 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1374 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1375 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1376 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1377 */ 1378 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1379 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1380 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1381 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1382 #endif 1383 ) 1384 { 1385 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1386 { 1387 /* 1388 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1389 * further down. 1390 */ 1391 } 1392 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1393 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1394 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1395 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1396 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1397 #endif 1398 )) 1399 { 1400 /* 1401 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1402 */ 1403 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1404 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1405 { 1406 linenr_T ln; 1407 1408 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1409 * of folded lines as one */ 1410 j = 0; 1411 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1412 { 1413 ++j; 1414 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1415 break; 1416 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1417 } 1418 } 1419 else 1420 #endif 1421 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1422 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1423 { 1424 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1425 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1426 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1427 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1428 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1429 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1430 #endif 1431 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1432 { 1433 /* 1434 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1435 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1436 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1437 */ 1438 if (i > 0) 1439 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1440 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1441 { 1442 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1443 { 1444 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1445 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1446 top_end = i; 1447 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1448 1449 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1450 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1451 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1452 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1453 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1454 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1455 while (idx >= 0) 1456 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1457 } 1458 } 1459 else 1460 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1461 } 1462 else 1463 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1464 } 1465 else 1466 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1467 } 1468 else 1469 { 1470 /* 1471 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1472 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1473 * needs updating. 1474 */ 1475 1476 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1477 j = -1; 1478 row = 0; 1479 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1480 { 1481 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1482 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1483 { 1484 j = i; 1485 break; 1486 } 1487 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1488 } 1489 if (j == -1) 1490 { 1491 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1492 * lines */ 1493 mid_start = 0; 1494 } 1495 else 1496 { 1497 /* 1498 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1499 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1500 */ 1501 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1502 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1503 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1504 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1505 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1506 else 1507 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1508 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1509 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1510 #endif 1511 if (row > 0) 1512 { 1513 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1514 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin, 0) 1515 == OK) 1516 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1517 else 1518 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1519 } 1520 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1521 { 1522 /* 1523 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1524 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1525 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1526 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1527 */ 1528 bot_start = 0; 1529 idx = 0; 1530 for (;;) 1531 { 1532 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1533 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1534 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1535 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1536 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1537 { 1538 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1539 break; 1540 } 1541 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1542 1543 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1544 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1545 { 1546 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1547 break; 1548 } 1549 } 1550 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1551 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1552 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1553 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1554 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1555 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1556 + wp->w_topfill; 1557 #endif 1558 } 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1563 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1564 * first. */ 1565 if (mid_start == 0) 1566 { 1567 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1568 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1569 { 1570 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1571 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1572 * then. */ 1573 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1574 screenclear(); 1575 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1576 if (redraw_tabline) 1577 draw_tabline(); 1578 } 1579 } 1580 1581 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1582 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1583 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1584 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1585 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1586 must_redraw = 0; 1587 } 1588 else 1589 { 1590 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1591 mid_start = 0; 1592 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1593 } 1594 1595 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1596 { 1597 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1598 mid_start = 0; 1599 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1600 type = NOT_VALID; 1601 } 1602 1603 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1604 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1605 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1606 { 1607 linenr_T from, to; 1608 1609 if (VIsual_active) 1610 { 1611 if (VIsual_active 1612 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1613 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1614 { 1615 /* 1616 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1617 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1618 * gained or lost. 1619 */ 1620 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1621 { 1622 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1623 to = VIsual.lnum; 1624 } 1625 else 1626 { 1627 from = VIsual.lnum; 1628 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1629 } 1630 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1631 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1632 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1633 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1634 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1635 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1636 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1637 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1638 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1639 } 1640 else 1641 { 1642 /* 1643 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1644 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1645 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1646 */ 1647 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1648 { 1649 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1650 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1651 } 1652 else 1653 { 1654 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1655 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1656 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1657 from = to; 1658 } 1659 1660 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1661 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1662 { 1663 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1664 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1665 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1666 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1667 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1668 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1669 from = VIsual.lnum; 1670 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1671 to = VIsual.lnum; 1672 } 1673 } 1674 1675 /* 1676 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1677 * update all lines. 1678 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1679 */ 1680 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1681 { 1682 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1683 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1684 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1685 1686 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1687 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1688 #endif 1689 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1690 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1691 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1692 #endif 1693 ++toc; 1694 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1695 toc = MAXCOL; 1696 1697 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1698 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1699 { 1700 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1701 from = VIsual.lnum; 1702 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1703 to = VIsual.lnum; 1704 } 1705 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1706 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1707 } 1708 } 1709 else 1710 { 1711 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1712 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1713 { 1714 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1715 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1716 } 1717 else 1718 { 1719 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1720 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1721 } 1722 } 1723 1724 /* 1725 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1726 */ 1727 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1728 from = wp->w_topline; 1729 1730 /* 1731 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1732 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1733 */ 1734 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1735 { 1736 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1737 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1738 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1739 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1740 } 1741 1742 /* 1743 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1744 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1745 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1746 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1747 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1748 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1749 * mid_end (in srow). 1750 */ 1751 if (mid_start > 0) 1752 { 1753 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1754 idx = 0; 1755 srow = 0; 1756 if (scrolled_down) 1757 mid_start = top_end; 1758 else 1759 mid_start = 0; 1760 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1761 { 1762 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1763 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1764 else if (!scrolled_down) 1765 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1766 ++idx; 1767 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1768 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1769 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1770 else 1771 # endif 1772 ++lnum; 1773 } 1774 srow += mid_start; 1775 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1776 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1777 { 1778 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1779 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1780 { 1781 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1782 mid_end = srow; 1783 break; 1784 } 1785 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1786 } 1787 } 1788 } 1789 1790 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1791 { 1792 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1793 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1794 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1795 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1796 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1797 } 1798 else 1799 { 1800 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1801 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1802 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1803 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1804 } 1805 1806 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1807 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1808 save_got_int = got_int; 1809 got_int = 0; 1810 #endif 1811 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 1812 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 1813 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &syntax_tm); 1814 syn_set_timeout(&syntax_tm); 1815 #endif 1816 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1817 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1818 #endif 1819 1820 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 1821 /* 1822 * Draw the window toolbar, if there is one. 1823 * TODO: only when needed. 1824 */ 1825 if (winbar_height(wp) > 0) 1826 redraw_win_toolbar(wp); 1827 #endif 1828 1829 /* 1830 * Update all the window rows. 1831 */ 1832 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1833 row = 0; 1834 srow = 0; 1835 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1836 for (;;) 1837 { 1838 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1839 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1840 if (row == wp->w_height) 1841 { 1842 didline = TRUE; 1843 break; 1844 } 1845 1846 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1847 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1848 { 1849 eof = TRUE; 1850 break; 1851 } 1852 1853 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1854 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1855 srow = row; 1856 1857 /* 1858 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1859 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1860 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1861 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1862 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1863 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1864 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1865 */ 1866 if (row < top_end 1867 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1868 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1869 || top_to_mod 1870 #endif 1871 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1872 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1873 || (mod_top != 0 1874 && (lnum == mod_top 1875 || (lnum >= mod_top 1876 && (lnum < mod_bot 1877 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1878 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1879 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1880 && syntax_present(wp) 1881 && ( 1882 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1883 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1884 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1885 # endif 1886 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1887 #endif 1888 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1889 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1890 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1891 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1892 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1893 #endif 1894 ))))) 1895 { 1896 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1897 if (lnum == mod_top) 1898 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1899 #endif 1900 1901 /* 1902 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1903 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1904 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1905 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1906 */ 1907 if (lnum == mod_top 1908 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1909 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1910 { 1911 int old_rows = 0; 1912 int new_rows = 0; 1913 int xtra_rows; 1914 linenr_T l; 1915 1916 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1917 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1918 * currently displayed. */ 1919 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1920 { 1921 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1922 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1923 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1924 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1925 break; 1926 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1927 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1928 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1929 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1930 { 1931 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1932 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1933 ++i; 1934 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1935 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1936 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1937 break; 1938 } 1939 #endif 1940 } 1941 1942 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1943 { 1944 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1945 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1946 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1947 bot_start = 0; 1948 } 1949 else 1950 { 1951 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1952 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1953 j = idx; 1954 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1955 { 1956 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1957 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1958 ++new_rows; 1959 else 1960 #endif 1961 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1962 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1963 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1964 + wp->w_topfill; 1965 else 1966 #endif 1967 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1968 ++j; 1969 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1970 { 1971 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1972 new_rows = 9999; 1973 break; 1974 } 1975 } 1976 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1977 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1978 { 1979 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1980 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1981 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1982 * below the scrolled text. */ 1983 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1984 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1985 else 1986 { 1987 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1988 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1989 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE, 0) == FAIL) 1990 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1991 else 1992 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1993 } 1994 } 1995 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1996 { 1997 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1998 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1999 * rest. */ 2000 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 2001 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2002 else 2003 { 2004 check_for_delay(FALSE); 2005 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 2006 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 2007 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 2008 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 2009 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 2010 * updating down. */ 2011 top_end += xtra_rows; 2012 } 2013 } 2014 2015 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 2016 * entries. */ 2017 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 2018 { 2019 if (j < i) 2020 { 2021 int x = row + new_rows; 2022 2023 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 2024 for (;;) 2025 { 2026 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 2027 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 2028 { 2029 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 2030 break; 2031 } 2032 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 2033 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 2034 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 2035 > wp->w_height) 2036 { 2037 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 2038 break; 2039 } 2040 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 2041 ++i; 2042 } 2043 if (bot_start > x) 2044 bot_start = x; 2045 } 2046 else /* j > i */ 2047 { 2048 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 2049 j -= i; 2050 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 2051 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 2052 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 2053 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 2054 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 2055 2056 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 2057 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 2058 * Reset to zero. */ 2059 while (i >= idx) 2060 { 2061 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 2062 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 2063 } 2064 } 2065 } 2066 } 2067 } 2068 2069 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2070 /* 2071 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2072 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2073 * 'wrap' is on). 2074 */ 2075 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2076 if (fold_count != 0) 2077 { 2078 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2079 ++row; 2080 --fold_count; 2081 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2082 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2083 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2084 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2085 # endif 2086 } 2087 else 2088 #endif 2089 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2090 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2091 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2092 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2093 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2094 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2095 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2096 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2097 #endif 2098 ) 2099 { 2100 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2101 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2102 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2103 } 2104 else 2105 { 2106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2107 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2108 #endif 2109 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2110 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2111 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2112 && syntax_present(wp)) 2113 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2114 #endif 2115 2116 /* 2117 * Display one line. 2118 */ 2119 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2120 2121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2122 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2123 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2124 #endif 2125 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2126 did_update = DID_LINE; 2127 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2128 #endif 2129 } 2130 2131 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2132 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2133 2134 /* Past end of the window or end of the screen. Note that after 2135 * resizing wp->w_height may be end up too big. That's a problem 2136 * elsewhere, but prevent a crash here. */ 2137 if (row > wp->w_height || row + wp->w_winrow >= Rows) 2138 { 2139 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2140 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2141 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2142 ++idx; 2143 break; 2144 } 2145 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2146 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2147 ++idx; 2148 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2149 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2150 #else 2151 ++lnum; 2152 #endif 2153 } 2154 else 2155 { 2156 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2157 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2158 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2159 break; 2160 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2161 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2162 #else 2163 ++lnum; 2164 #endif 2165 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2166 did_update = DID_NONE; 2167 #endif 2168 } 2169 2170 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2171 { 2172 eof = TRUE; 2173 break; 2174 } 2175 } 2176 /* 2177 * End of loop over all window lines. 2178 */ 2179 2180 #ifdef FEAT_VTP 2181 /* Rewrite the character at the end of the screen line. */ 2182 if (use_vtp()) 2183 { 2184 int i; 2185 2186 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 2187 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2188 if (enc_utf8) 2189 if ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 2, 2190 LineOffset[i] + screen_Columns) > 1) 2191 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 2, 1, 2, FALSE); 2192 else 2193 screen_draw_rectangle(i, Columns - 1, 1, 1, FALSE); 2194 else 2195 # endif 2196 screen_char(LineOffset[i] + Columns - 1, i, Columns - 1); 2197 } 2198 #endif 2199 2200 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2201 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2202 2203 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2204 /* 2205 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2206 */ 2207 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2208 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2209 #endif 2210 2211 /* 2212 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2213 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2214 */ 2215 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2216 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2217 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2218 #endif 2219 if (!eof && !didline) 2220 { 2221 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2222 { 2223 /* 2224 * Single line that does not fit! 2225 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2226 */ 2227 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2228 } 2229 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2230 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2231 { 2232 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2233 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2234 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2235 } 2236 #endif 2237 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2238 { 2239 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2240 2241 /* 2242 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2243 */ 2244 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, wp->w_wincol, 2245 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2246 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2247 (int)wp->w_wincol + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2248 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2249 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2250 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2251 } 2252 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2253 { 2254 /* 2255 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2256 */ 2257 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2258 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2259 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2260 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2261 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2262 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2263 } 2264 else 2265 { 2266 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2267 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2268 } 2269 } 2270 else 2271 { 2272 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2273 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2274 { 2275 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2276 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2277 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2278 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2279 { 2280 /* 2281 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2282 */ 2283 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2284 i = '-'; 2285 else 2286 i = fill_diff; 2287 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2288 j = wp->w_height - row; 2289 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2290 row += j; 2291 } 2292 #endif 2293 } 2294 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2295 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2296 2297 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2298 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2299 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2300 } 2301 2302 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 2303 syn_set_timeout(NULL); 2304 #endif 2305 2306 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2307 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2308 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2309 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2310 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2311 #endif 2312 2313 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2314 { 2315 /* 2316 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2317 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2318 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2319 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2320 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2321 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2322 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2323 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2324 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2325 * changes are relevant). 2326 */ 2327 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2328 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2329 { 2330 recursive = TRUE; 2331 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2332 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2333 if (must_redraw != 0) 2334 { 2335 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2336 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2337 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2338 win_update(curwin); 2339 must_redraw = 0; 2340 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2341 } 2342 recursive = FALSE; 2343 } 2344 } 2345 2346 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2347 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2348 if (!got_int) 2349 got_int = save_got_int; 2350 #endif 2351 } 2352 2353 /* 2354 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2355 * as the filler character. 2356 */ 2357 static void 2358 win_draw_end( 2359 win_T *wp, 2360 int c1, 2361 int c2, 2362 int row, 2363 int endrow, 2364 hlf_T hl) 2365 { 2366 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2367 int n = 0; 2368 # define FDC_OFF n 2369 #else 2370 # define FDC_OFF 0 2371 #endif 2372 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2373 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2374 #endif 2375 2376 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2377 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2378 { 2379 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2380 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2381 n = fdc; 2382 2383 if (n > 0) 2384 { 2385 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2386 if (n > wp->w_width) 2387 n = wp->w_width; 2388 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2389 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2390 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2391 } 2392 # endif 2393 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2394 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2395 { 2396 int nn = n + 2; 2397 2398 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2399 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2400 nn = wp->w_width; 2401 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2402 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2403 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2404 n = nn; 2405 } 2406 # endif 2407 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2408 wp->w_wincol, W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2409 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2410 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2411 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2412 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2413 } 2414 else 2415 #endif 2416 { 2417 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2418 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2419 { 2420 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2421 n = 1; 2422 if (n > wp->w_width) 2423 n = wp->w_width; 2424 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2425 wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_wincol + n, 2426 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2427 } 2428 #endif 2429 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2430 if (fdc > 0) 2431 { 2432 int nn = n + fdc; 2433 2434 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2435 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2436 nn = wp->w_width; 2437 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2438 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2439 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2440 n = nn; 2441 } 2442 #endif 2443 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2444 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2445 { 2446 int nn = n + 2; 2447 2448 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2449 if (nn > wp->w_width) 2450 nn = wp->w_width; 2451 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2452 wp->w_wincol + n, (int)wp->w_wincol + nn, 2453 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2454 n = nn; 2455 } 2456 #endif 2457 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2458 wp->w_wincol + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2459 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2460 } 2461 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2462 } 2463 2464 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2465 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2466 2467 /* 2468 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2469 */ 2470 static int 2471 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2472 { 2473 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2474 ++*color_cols; 2475 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2476 } 2477 #endif 2478 2479 #if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(FEAT_FOLDING) 2480 /* 2481 * Copy "text" to ScreenLines using "attr". 2482 * Returns the next screen column. 2483 */ 2484 static int 2485 text_to_screenline(win_T *wp, char_u *text, int col) 2486 { 2487 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2488 2489 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2490 if (has_mbyte) 2491 { 2492 int cells; 2493 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2494 int i; 2495 int idx; 2496 int c_len; 2497 char_u *p; 2498 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2499 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2500 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2501 # endif 2502 2503 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2504 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2505 idx = off; 2506 else 2507 # endif 2508 idx = off + col; 2509 2510 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2511 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2512 { 2513 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2514 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2515 if (col + cells > wp->w_width 2516 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2517 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2518 # endif 2519 ) 2520 break; 2521 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2522 if (enc_utf8) 2523 { 2524 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2525 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2526 { 2527 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2528 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2529 prev_c = u8c; 2530 #endif 2531 } 2532 else 2533 { 2534 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2535 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2536 { 2537 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2538 int pc, pc1, nc; 2539 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2540 int firstbyte = *p; 2541 2542 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2543 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2544 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2545 { 2546 pc = prev_c; 2547 pc1 = prev_c1; 2548 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2549 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2550 } 2551 else 2552 { 2553 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2554 nc = prev_c; 2555 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2556 } 2557 prev_c = u8c; 2558 2559 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2560 pc, pc1, nc); 2561 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2562 } 2563 else 2564 prev_c = u8c; 2565 #endif 2566 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2567 #ifdef UNICODE16 2568 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2569 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2570 else 2571 #endif 2572 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2573 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2574 { 2575 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2576 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2577 break; 2578 } 2579 } 2580 if (cells > 1) 2581 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2582 } 2583 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2584 /* double-byte single width character */ 2585 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2586 else if (cells > 1) 2587 /* double-width character */ 2588 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2589 col += cells; 2590 idx += cells; 2591 p += c_len; 2592 } 2593 } 2594 else 2595 #endif 2596 { 2597 int len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2598 2599 if (len > wp->w_width - col) 2600 len = wp->w_width - col; 2601 if (len > 0) 2602 { 2603 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2604 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2605 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2606 else 2607 #endif 2608 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2609 col += len; 2610 } 2611 } 2612 return col; 2613 } 2614 #endif 2615 2616 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2617 /* 2618 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2619 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2620 */ 2621 static int 2622 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2623 { 2624 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2625 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2626 int wwidth = wp->w_width; 2627 2628 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2629 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2630 return fdc; 2631 } 2632 2633 /* 2634 * Display one folded line. 2635 */ 2636 static void 2637 fold_line( 2638 win_T *wp, 2639 long fold_count, 2640 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2641 linenr_T lnum, 2642 int row) 2643 { 2644 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2645 pos_T *top, *bot; 2646 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2647 int len; 2648 char_u *text; 2649 int fdc; 2650 int col; 2651 int txtcol; 2652 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2653 int ri; 2654 2655 /* Build the fold line: 2656 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2657 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2658 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2659 * 4. Compose the text 2660 * 5. Add the text 2661 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2662 */ 2663 col = 0; 2664 2665 /* 2666 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2667 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2668 */ 2669 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2670 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2671 { 2672 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2673 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2674 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2675 if (enc_utf8) 2676 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2677 #endif 2678 ++col; 2679 } 2680 #endif 2681 2682 /* 2683 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2684 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2685 */ 2686 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2687 if (fdc > 0) 2688 { 2689 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2690 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2691 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2692 { 2693 int i; 2694 2695 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2696 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2697 /* reverse the fold column */ 2698 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2699 ScreenLines[off + wp->w_width - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2700 } 2701 else 2702 #endif 2703 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2704 col += fdc; 2705 } 2706 2707 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2708 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2709 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2710 ScreenAttrs[off + (wp->w_width - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2711 else \ 2712 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2713 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2714 #else 2715 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2716 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2717 #endif 2718 2719 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2720 * text */ 2721 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), wp->w_width - col); 2722 2723 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2724 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2725 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2726 { 2727 len = wp->w_width - col; 2728 if (len > 0) 2729 { 2730 if (len > 2) 2731 len = 2; 2732 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2733 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2734 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2735 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, 2736 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2737 else 2738 # endif 2739 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2740 col += len; 2741 } 2742 } 2743 #endif 2744 2745 /* 2746 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2747 */ 2748 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2749 { 2750 len = wp->w_width - col; 2751 if (len > 0) 2752 { 2753 int w = number_width(wp); 2754 long num; 2755 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2756 2757 if (len > w + 1) 2758 len = w + 1; 2759 2760 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2761 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2762 num = (long)lnum; 2763 else 2764 { 2765 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2766 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2767 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2768 { 2769 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2770 * line number */ 2771 num = lnum; 2772 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2773 } 2774 } 2775 2776 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2777 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2778 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2779 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2780 copy_text_attr(off + wp->w_width - len - col, buf, len, 2781 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2782 else 2783 #endif 2784 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2785 col += len; 2786 } 2787 } 2788 2789 /* 2790 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2791 */ 2792 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2793 2794 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2795 2796 /* 2797 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2798 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2799 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2800 */ 2801 col = text_to_screenline(wp, text, col); 2802 2803 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2804 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2805 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2806 col -= txtcol; 2807 #endif 2808 while (col < wp->w_width 2809 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2810 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2811 #endif 2812 ) 2813 { 2814 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2815 if (enc_utf8) 2816 { 2817 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2818 { 2819 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2820 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2821 ScreenLines[off + col] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 2822 } 2823 else 2824 { 2825 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2826 ScreenLines[off + col] = fill_fold; 2827 } 2828 col++; 2829 } 2830 else 2831 #endif 2832 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2833 } 2834 2835 if (text != buf) 2836 vim_free(text); 2837 2838 /* 2839 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2840 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2841 */ 2842 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2843 { 2844 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2845 { 2846 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2847 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2848 bot = &VIsual; 2849 } 2850 else 2851 { 2852 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2853 top = &VIsual; 2854 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2855 } 2856 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2857 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2858 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2859 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2860 || (lnum == top->lnum 2861 && top->col == 0)) 2862 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2863 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2864 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2865 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2866 { 2867 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2868 { 2869 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2870 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2871 { 2872 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2873 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2874 < (colnr_T)wp->w_width) 2875 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2876 else 2877 len = wp->w_width - txtcol; 2878 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2879 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2880 } 2881 } 2882 else 2883 { 2884 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2885 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), wp->w_width - txtcol); 2886 } 2887 } 2888 } 2889 2890 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2891 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2892 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2893 { 2894 int i = 0; 2895 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2896 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2897 2898 while (j > -1) 2899 { 2900 txtcol += j; 2901 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2902 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2903 else 2904 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2905 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2906 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2907 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2908 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2909 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2910 } 2911 } 2912 2913 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2914 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2915 { 2916 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2917 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2918 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2919 else 2920 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2921 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < wp->w_width) 2922 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2923 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2924 } 2925 #endif 2926 2927 screen_line(row + W_WINROW(wp), wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 2928 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 2929 2930 /* 2931 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2932 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2933 */ 2934 if (wp == curwin 2935 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2936 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2937 { 2938 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2939 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2940 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2941 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2942 } 2943 } 2944 2945 /* 2946 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2947 */ 2948 static void 2949 copy_text_attr( 2950 int off, 2951 char_u *buf, 2952 int len, 2953 int attr) 2954 { 2955 int i; 2956 2957 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2958 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2959 if (enc_utf8) 2960 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2961 # endif 2962 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2963 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2964 } 2965 2966 /* 2967 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2968 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2969 */ 2970 static void 2971 fill_foldcolumn( 2972 char_u *p, 2973 win_T *wp, 2974 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2975 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2976 { 2977 int i = 0; 2978 int level; 2979 int first_level; 2980 int empty; 2981 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2982 2983 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2984 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2985 2986 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2987 if (level > 0) 2988 { 2989 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2990 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2991 2992 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2993 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2994 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2995 if (first_level < 1) 2996 first_level = 1; 2997 2998 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2999 { 3000 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 3001 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 3002 p[i] = '-'; 3003 else if (first_level == 1) 3004 p[i] = '|'; 3005 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 3006 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 3007 else 3008 p[i] = '>'; 3009 if (first_level + i == level) 3010 break; 3011 } 3012 } 3013 if (closed) 3014 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 3015 } 3016 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 3017 3018 /* 3019 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 3020 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 3021 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 3022 * 3023 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 3024 */ 3025 static int 3026 win_line( 3027 win_T *wp, 3028 linenr_T lnum, 3029 int startrow, 3030 int endrow, 3031 int nochange UNUSED) /* not updating for changed text */ 3032 { 3033 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 3034 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 3035 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 3036 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 3037 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3038 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 3039 #endif 3040 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 3041 char_u *line; /* current line */ 3042 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 3043 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 3044 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 3045 3046 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 3047 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 3048 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 3049 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 3050 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 3051 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 3052 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 3053 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 3054 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 3055 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 3056 3057 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 3058 int saved_n_extra = 0; 3059 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 3060 int saved_c_extra = 0; 3061 int saved_char_attr = 0; 3062 3063 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 3064 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 3065 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 3066 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 3067 3068 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 3069 3070 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 3071 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 3072 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 3073 pos_T *top, *bot; 3074 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 3075 pos_T pos; 3076 long v; 3077 3078 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 3079 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 3080 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 3081 in this line */ 3082 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 3083 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 3084 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 3085 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3086 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 3087 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 3088 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 3089 int save_did_emsg; 3090 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 3091 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 3092 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 3093 #endif 3094 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3095 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 3096 # define SPWORDLEN 150 3097 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 3098 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 3099 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 3100 starts */ 3101 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 3102 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 3103 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 3104 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 3105 * there are no spell errors */ 3106 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 3107 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 3108 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 3109 #endif 3110 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 3111 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3112 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 3113 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 3114 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 3115 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 3116 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3117 #endif 3118 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3119 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3120 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3121 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3122 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3123 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3124 #endif 3125 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3126 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3127 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3128 chars */ 3129 #endif 3130 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) \ 3131 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3132 # define LINE_ATTR 3133 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3134 #endif 3135 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3136 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3137 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3138 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3139 has been processed or not */ 3140 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3141 in progress */ 3142 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3143 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3144 of the matches */ 3145 #endif 3146 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3147 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3148 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3149 #endif 3150 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3151 int did_line_attr = 0; 3152 #endif 3153 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3154 int get_term_attr = FALSE; 3155 int term_attr = 0; /* background for terminal window */ 3156 #endif 3157 3158 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3159 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3160 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3161 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3162 #else 3163 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3164 #endif 3165 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3166 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3167 #else 3168 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3169 #endif 3170 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3171 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3172 #else 3173 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3174 #endif 3175 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3176 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3177 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3178 #else 3179 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3180 #endif 3181 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3182 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3183 #else 3184 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3185 #endif 3186 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3187 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3188 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3189 int feedback_col = 0; 3190 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3191 #endif 3192 3193 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3194 int syntax_flags = 0; 3195 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3196 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3197 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3198 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3199 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3200 wrapping */ 3201 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3202 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3203 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3204 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3205 int old_boguscols = 0; 3206 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3207 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3208 { \ 3209 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3210 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3211 vcol_off = 0; \ 3212 col -= boguscols; \ 3213 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3214 boguscols = 0; \ 3215 } 3216 #else 3217 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3218 #endif 3219 3220 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3221 return startrow; 3222 3223 row = startrow; 3224 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3225 3226 /* 3227 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3228 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3229 */ 3230 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3231 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3232 #else 3233 extra_check = 0; 3234 #endif 3235 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3236 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error 3237 # ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3238 && !wp->w_s->b_syn_slow 3239 # endif 3240 ) 3241 { 3242 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3243 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3244 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3245 did_emsg = FALSE; 3246 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3247 if (did_emsg) 3248 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3249 else 3250 { 3251 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3252 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 3253 if (!wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 3254 #endif 3255 { 3256 has_syntax = TRUE; 3257 extra_check = TRUE; 3258 } 3259 } 3260 } 3261 3262 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3263 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3264 if (color_cols != NULL) 3265 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3266 #endif 3267 3268 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 3269 if (term_show_buffer(wp->w_buffer)) 3270 { 3271 extra_check = TRUE; 3272 get_term_attr = TRUE; 3273 term_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, -1); 3274 } 3275 #endif 3276 3277 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3278 if (wp->w_p_spell 3279 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3280 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3281 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3282 { 3283 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3284 has_spell = TRUE; 3285 extra_check = TRUE; 3286 3287 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3288 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3289 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3290 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3291 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3292 { 3293 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3294 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3295 } 3296 3297 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3298 * line is valid. */ 3299 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3300 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3301 checked_lnum = 0; 3302 3303 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3304 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3305 * the first word. */ 3306 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3307 cap_col = -1; 3308 if (lnum == 1) 3309 cap_col = 0; 3310 capcol_lnum = 0; 3311 } 3312 #endif 3313 3314 /* 3315 * handle visual active in this window 3316 */ 3317 fromcol = -10; 3318 tocol = MAXCOL; 3319 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3320 { 3321 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3322 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3323 { 3324 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3325 bot = &VIsual; 3326 } 3327 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3328 { 3329 top = &VIsual; 3330 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3331 } 3332 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3333 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3334 { 3335 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3336 { 3337 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3338 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3339 } 3340 } 3341 else /* non-block mode */ 3342 { 3343 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3344 fromcol = 0; 3345 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3346 { 3347 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3348 fromcol = 0; 3349 else 3350 { 3351 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3352 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3353 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3354 } 3355 } 3356 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3357 { 3358 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3359 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3360 && bot->coladd == 0 3361 #endif 3362 ) 3363 { 3364 fromcol = -10; 3365 tocol = MAXCOL; 3366 } 3367 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3368 tocol = MAXCOL; 3369 else 3370 { 3371 pos = *bot; 3372 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3373 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3374 else 3375 { 3376 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3377 ++tocol; 3378 } 3379 } 3380 } 3381 } 3382 3383 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3384 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3385 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3386 && !gui.in_use 3387 #endif 3388 ) 3389 noinvcur = TRUE; 3390 3391 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3392 if (fromcol >= 0) 3393 { 3394 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3395 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3396 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3397 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3398 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3399 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3400 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3401 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3402 #endif 3403 } 3404 } 3405 3406 /* 3407 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3408 */ 3409 else if (highlight_match 3410 && wp == curwin 3411 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3412 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3413 { 3414 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3415 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3416 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3417 else 3418 fromcol = 0; 3419 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3420 { 3421 pos.lnum = lnum; 3422 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3423 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3424 } 3425 else 3426 tocol = MAXCOL; 3427 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3428 if (fromcol == tocol) 3429 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3430 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3431 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3432 } 3433 3434 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3435 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3436 if (filler_lines < 0) 3437 { 3438 if (filler_lines == -1) 3439 { 3440 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3441 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3442 else if (change_start == 0) 3443 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3444 else 3445 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3446 } 3447 else 3448 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3449 filler_lines = 0; 3450 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3451 } 3452 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3453 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3454 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3455 #endif 3456 3457 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3458 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3459 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3460 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3461 if (v != 0) 3462 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3463 # endif 3464 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 3465 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3466 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3467 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_QFL); 3468 # endif 3469 if (line_attr != 0) 3470 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3471 #endif 3472 3473 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3474 ptr = line; 3475 3476 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3477 if (has_spell) 3478 { 3479 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3480 if (cap_col == 0) 3481 cap_col = getwhitecols(line); 3482 3483 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3484 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3485 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3486 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3487 { 3488 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3489 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3490 nextline_idx = 0; 3491 } 3492 else 3493 { 3494 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3495 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3496 { 3497 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3498 * next line. */ 3499 nextlinecol = 0; 3500 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3501 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3502 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3503 } 3504 else 3505 { 3506 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3507 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3508 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3509 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3510 } 3511 } 3512 } 3513 #endif 3514 3515 if (wp->w_p_list) 3516 { 3517 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3518 extra_check = TRUE; 3519 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3520 if (lcs_trail) 3521 { 3522 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3523 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3524 --trailcol; 3525 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3526 } 3527 } 3528 3529 /* 3530 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3531 * first character to be displayed. 3532 */ 3533 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3534 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3535 else 3536 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3537 if (v > 0) 3538 { 3539 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3540 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3541 #endif 3542 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3543 { 3544 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3545 vcol += c; 3546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3547 prev_ptr = ptr; 3548 #endif 3549 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3550 } 3551 3552 /* When: 3553 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3554 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3555 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3556 * - the visual mode is active, 3557 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3558 */ 3559 if (vcol < v && ( 3560 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3561 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3562 #endif 3563 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3564 virtual_active() || 3565 #endif 3566 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3567 { 3568 vcol = v; 3569 } 3570 3571 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3572 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3573 if (vcol > v) 3574 { 3575 vcol -= c; 3576 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3577 ptr = prev_ptr; 3578 #else 3579 --ptr; 3580 #endif 3581 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3582 * Except for a TAB. */ 3583 if (( 3584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3585 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3586 #endif 3587 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3588 n_skip = v - vcol; 3589 } 3590 3591 /* 3592 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3593 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3594 */ 3595 if (tocol <= vcol) 3596 fromcol = 0; 3597 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3598 fromcol = vcol; 3599 3600 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3601 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3602 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3603 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3604 #endif 3605 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3606 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3607 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3608 if (has_spell) 3609 { 3610 int len; 3611 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3612 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3613 3614 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3615 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3616 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3617 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3618 3619 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3620 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3621 ptr = line + linecol; 3622 3623 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3624 { 3625 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3626 * word */ 3627 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3628 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3629 } 3630 else 3631 { 3632 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3633 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3634 3635 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3636 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3637 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3638 } 3639 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3640 3641 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3642 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3643 if (has_syntax) 3644 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3645 # endif 3646 } 3647 #endif 3648 } 3649 3650 /* 3651 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3652 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3653 */ 3654 if (fromcol >= 0) 3655 { 3656 if (noinvcur) 3657 { 3658 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3659 { 3660 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3661 * cursor */ 3662 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3663 fromcol = -1; 3664 } 3665 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3666 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3667 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3668 } 3669 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3670 fromcol = -1; 3671 } 3672 3673 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3674 /* 3675 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3676 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3677 */ 3678 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3679 shl_flag = FALSE; 3680 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3681 { 3682 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3683 { 3684 shl = &search_hl; 3685 shl_flag = TRUE; 3686 } 3687 else 3688 shl = &cur->hl; 3689 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3690 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3691 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3692 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3693 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3694 if (cur != NULL) 3695 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3696 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3697 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3698 3699 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3700 * invalid. */ 3701 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3702 ptr = line + v; 3703 3704 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3705 { 3706 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3707 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3708 else 3709 shl->startcol = 0; 3710 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3711 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3712 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3713 else 3714 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3715 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3716 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3717 { 3718 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3719 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3720 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3721 else 3722 #endif 3723 ++shl->endcol; 3724 } 3725 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3726 { 3727 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3728 search_attr = shl->attr; 3729 } 3730 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3731 } 3732 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3733 cur = cur->next; 3734 } 3735 #endif 3736 3737 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3738 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3739 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3740 * then. */ 3741 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3742 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3743 { 3744 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3745 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3746 } 3747 #endif 3748 3749 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3750 col = 0; 3751 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3752 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3753 { 3754 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3755 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3756 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3757 col = wp->w_width - 1; 3758 off += col; 3759 } 3760 #endif 3761 3762 /* 3763 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3764 */ 3765 for (;;) 3766 { 3767 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3768 has_match_conc = 0; 3769 #endif 3770 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3771 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3772 { 3773 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3774 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3775 { 3776 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3777 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3778 { 3779 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3780 n_extra = 1; 3781 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3782 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3783 } 3784 } 3785 #endif 3786 3787 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3788 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3789 { 3790 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3791 3792 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3793 if (fdc > 0) 3794 { 3795 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3796 * already be in use. */ 3797 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3798 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3799 3800 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3801 { 3802 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3803 n_extra = fdc; 3804 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3805 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3806 c_extra = NUL; 3807 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3808 } 3809 } 3810 } 3811 #endif 3812 3813 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3814 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3815 { 3816 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3817 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3818 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3819 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3820 { 3821 int text_sign; 3822 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3823 int icon_sign; 3824 # endif 3825 3826 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3827 c_extra = ' '; 3828 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3829 n_extra = 2; 3830 3831 if (row == startrow 3832 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3833 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3834 #endif 3835 ) 3836 { 3837 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3838 SIGN_TEXT); 3839 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3840 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3841 SIGN_ICON); 3842 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3843 { 3844 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3845 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3846 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3847 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3848 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3849 # endif 3850 char_attr = icon_sign; 3851 } 3852 else 3853 # endif 3854 if (text_sign != 0) 3855 { 3856 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3857 if (p_extra != NULL) 3858 { 3859 c_extra = NUL; 3860 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3861 } 3862 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3863 } 3864 } 3865 } 3866 } 3867 #endif 3868 3869 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3870 { 3871 draw_state = WL_NR; 3872 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3873 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3874 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3875 && (row == startrow 3876 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3877 + filler_lines 3878 #endif 3879 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3880 { 3881 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3882 if (row == startrow 3883 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3884 + filler_lines 3885 #endif 3886 ) 3887 { 3888 long num; 3889 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3890 3891 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3892 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3893 num = (long)lnum; 3894 else 3895 { 3896 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3897 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3898 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3899 { 3900 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3901 num = lnum; 3902 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3903 } 3904 } 3905 3906 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3907 number_width(wp), num); 3908 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3909 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3910 *p_extra = '-'; 3911 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3912 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3913 rl_mirror(extra); 3914 #endif 3915 p_extra = extra; 3916 c_extra = NUL; 3917 } 3918 else 3919 c_extra = ' '; 3920 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3921 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3922 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3923 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3924 * the current line differently. 3925 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3926 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3927 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3928 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3929 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 3930 #endif 3931 } 3932 } 3933 3934 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3935 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3936 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3937 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3938 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3939 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3940 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3941 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3942 3943 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3944 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3945 { 3946 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3947 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 3948 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 3949 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 3950 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3951 && filler_lines == 0 3952 # endif 3953 ) 3954 { 3955 char_attr = 0; 3956 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3957 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3958 { 3959 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 3960 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3961 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3962 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3963 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3964 # endif 3965 } 3966 # endif 3967 p_extra = NULL; 3968 c_extra = ' '; 3969 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3970 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3971 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3972 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3973 if (tocol == vcol) 3974 tocol += n_extra; 3975 } 3976 } 3977 #endif 3978 3979 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3980 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3981 { 3982 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3983 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3984 if (filler_todo > 0) 3985 { 3986 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3987 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3988 c_extra = '-'; 3989 else 3990 c_extra = fill_diff; 3991 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3992 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3993 n_extra = col + 1; 3994 else 3995 # endif 3996 n_extra = wp->w_width - col; 3997 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 3998 } 3999 # endif 4000 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4001 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 4002 { 4003 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 4004 p_extra = p_sbr; 4005 c_extra = NUL; 4006 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 4007 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4008 need_showbreak = FALSE; 4009 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4010 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 4011 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 4012 if (tocol == vcol) 4013 tocol += n_extra; 4014 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4015 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 4016 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4017 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4018 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4019 #endif 4020 } 4021 # endif 4022 } 4023 #endif 4024 4025 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 4026 { 4027 draw_state = WL_LINE; 4028 if (saved_n_extra) 4029 { 4030 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 4031 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 4032 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 4033 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 4034 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 4035 } 4036 else 4037 char_attr = 0; 4038 } 4039 } 4040 4041 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 4042 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 4043 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 4044 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4045 && filler_todo <= 0 4046 #endif 4047 ) 4048 { 4049 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, -(int)wp->w_width, 4050 HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 4051 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 4052 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 4053 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4054 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 4055 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 4056 else 4057 #endif 4058 row = wp->w_height; 4059 break; 4060 } 4061 4062 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 4063 { 4064 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 4065 if (vcol == fromcol 4066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4067 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 4068 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 4069 #endif 4070 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 4071 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 4072 && vcol < tocol)) 4073 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 4074 else if (area_attr != 0 4075 && (vcol == tocol 4076 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4077 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 4078 4079 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4080 if (!n_extra) 4081 { 4082 /* 4083 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 4084 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 4085 * When another match, have to check for start again. 4086 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 4087 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 4088 * priority). 4089 */ 4090 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4091 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4092 shl_flag = FALSE; 4093 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4094 { 4095 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4096 && ((cur != NULL 4097 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4098 || cur == NULL)) 4099 { 4100 shl = &search_hl; 4101 shl_flag = TRUE; 4102 } 4103 else 4104 shl = &cur->hl; 4105 if (cur != NULL) 4106 cur->pos.cur = 0; 4107 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 4108 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 4109 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 4110 { 4111 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 4112 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 4113 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 4114 { 4115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4116 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 4117 4118 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 4119 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 4120 #endif 4121 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 4122 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4123 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 4124 == cur->hlg_id) 4125 { 4126 has_match_conc = 4127 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 4128 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 4129 } 4130 else 4131 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 4132 #endif 4133 } 4134 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 4135 { 4136 shl->attr_cur = 0; 4137 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 4138 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 4139 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 4140 ? FALSE : TRUE; 4141 4142 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 4143 * may have made it invalid. */ 4144 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4145 ptr = line + v; 4146 4147 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 4148 { 4149 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4150 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4151 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4152 else 4153 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4154 4155 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4156 { 4157 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4158 * it */ 4159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4160 if (has_mbyte) 4161 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4162 + shl->endcol); 4163 else 4164 #endif 4165 ++shl->endcol; 4166 } 4167 4168 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4169 * current position */ 4170 continue; 4171 } 4172 } 4173 break; 4174 } 4175 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4176 cur = cur->next; 4177 } 4178 4179 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4180 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4181 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4182 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4183 shl_flag = FALSE; 4184 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4185 { 4186 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4187 && ((cur != NULL 4188 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4189 || cur == NULL)) 4190 { 4191 shl = &search_hl; 4192 shl_flag = TRUE; 4193 } 4194 else 4195 shl = &cur->hl; 4196 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4197 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4198 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4199 cur = cur->next; 4200 } 4201 /* Only highlight one character after the last column. */ 4202 if (*ptr == NUL && (did_line_attr >= 1 4203 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one == -1))) 4204 search_attr = 0; 4205 } 4206 #endif 4207 4208 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4209 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4210 { 4211 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4212 && n_extra == 0) 4213 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4214 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4215 && n_extra == 0) 4216 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4217 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4218 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4219 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4220 } 4221 #endif 4222 4223 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4224 attr_pri = TRUE; 4225 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4226 if (area_attr != 0) 4227 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4228 else if (search_attr != 0) 4229 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4230 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4231 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4232 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4233 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4234 || vcol >= tocol)) 4235 char_attr = line_attr; 4236 #else 4237 if (area_attr != 0) 4238 char_attr = area_attr; 4239 else if (search_attr != 0) 4240 char_attr = search_attr; 4241 #endif 4242 else 4243 { 4244 attr_pri = FALSE; 4245 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4246 if (has_syntax) 4247 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4248 else 4249 #endif 4250 char_attr = 0; 4251 } 4252 } 4253 4254 /* 4255 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4256 */ 4257 /* 4258 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4259 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4260 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4261 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4262 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4263 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4264 */ 4265 if (n_extra > 0) 4266 { 4267 if (c_extra != NUL) 4268 { 4269 c = c_extra; 4270 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4271 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4272 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4273 { 4274 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4275 u8cc[0] = 0; 4276 c = 0xc0; 4277 } 4278 else 4279 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4280 #endif 4281 } 4282 else 4283 { 4284 c = *p_extra; 4285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4286 if (has_mbyte) 4287 { 4288 mb_c = c; 4289 if (enc_utf8) 4290 { 4291 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4292 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4293 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(p_extra); 4294 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4295 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4296 mb_l = 1; 4297 else if (mb_l > 1) 4298 { 4299 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4300 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4301 c = 0xc0; 4302 } 4303 } 4304 else 4305 { 4306 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4307 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4308 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4309 mb_l = 1; 4310 else if (mb_l > 1) 4311 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4312 } 4313 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4314 mb_l = 1; 4315 4316 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4317 * last column. */ 4318 if (( 4319 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4320 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4321 # endif 4322 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4323 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4324 { 4325 c = '>'; 4326 mb_c = c; 4327 mb_l = 1; 4328 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4329 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4330 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4331 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4332 ++n_extra; 4333 --p_extra; 4334 } 4335 else 4336 { 4337 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4338 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4339 } 4340 } 4341 #endif 4342 ++p_extra; 4343 } 4344 --n_extra; 4345 } 4346 else 4347 { 4348 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4349 int c0; 4350 #endif 4351 4352 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4353 VIM_CLEAR(p_extra_free); 4354 /* 4355 * Get a character from the line itself. 4356 */ 4357 c = *ptr; 4358 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4359 c0 = *ptr; 4360 #endif 4361 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4362 if (has_mbyte) 4363 { 4364 mb_c = c; 4365 if (enc_utf8) 4366 { 4367 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4368 * into "mb_c". */ 4369 mb_l = utfc_ptr2len(ptr); 4370 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4371 if (mb_l > 1) 4372 { 4373 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4374 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4375 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4376 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4377 { 4378 c = mb_c; 4379 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4380 c0 = mb_c; 4381 # endif 4382 } 4383 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4384 4385 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4386 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4387 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4388 { 4389 int i; 4390 4391 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4392 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4393 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4394 mb_c = ' '; 4395 } 4396 } 4397 4398 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4399 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4400 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4401 # ifdef UNICODE16 4402 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4403 # endif 4404 ))) 4405 { 4406 /* 4407 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4408 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4409 */ 4410 # ifdef UNICODE16 4411 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4412 # endif 4413 { 4414 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4415 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4416 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4417 rl_mirror(extra); 4418 # endif 4419 } 4420 # ifdef UNICODE16 4421 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4422 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4423 else 4424 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4425 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4426 # endif 4427 4428 p_extra = extra; 4429 c = *p_extra; 4430 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4431 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4432 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4433 c_extra = NUL; 4434 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4435 { 4436 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4437 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4438 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4439 } 4440 } 4441 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4442 mb_l = 1; 4443 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4444 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4445 { 4446 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4447 int pc, pc1, nc; 4448 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4449 4450 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4451 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4452 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4453 { 4454 pc = prev_c; 4455 pc1 = prev_c1; 4456 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4457 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4458 } 4459 else 4460 { 4461 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4462 nc = prev_c; 4463 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4464 } 4465 prev_c = mb_c; 4466 4467 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4468 } 4469 else 4470 prev_c = mb_c; 4471 #endif 4472 } 4473 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4474 { 4475 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4476 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4477 mb_l = 1; 4478 else if (mb_l > 1) 4479 { 4480 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4481 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4482 */ 4483 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4484 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4485 else 4486 { 4487 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4488 { 4489 /* head byte at end of line */ 4490 mb_l = 1; 4491 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4492 } 4493 else 4494 { 4495 /* illegal tail byte */ 4496 mb_l = 2; 4497 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4498 } 4499 p_extra = extra; 4500 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4501 c_extra = NUL; 4502 c = *p_extra++; 4503 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4504 { 4505 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4506 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4507 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4508 } 4509 mb_c = c; 4510 } 4511 } 4512 } 4513 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4514 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4515 * next line. */ 4516 if (( 4517 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4518 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4519 # endif 4520 (col >= wp->w_width - 1)) 4521 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4522 { 4523 c = '>'; 4524 mb_c = c; 4525 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4526 mb_l = 1; 4527 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4528 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4529 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4530 --ptr; 4531 } 4532 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4533 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4534 4535 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4536 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4537 * characters. */ 4538 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4539 { 4540 n_extra = 1; 4541 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4542 c = ' '; 4543 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4544 { 4545 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4546 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4547 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4548 } 4549 mb_c = c; 4550 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4551 mb_l = 1; 4552 } 4553 4554 } 4555 #endif 4556 ++ptr; 4557 4558 if (extra_check) 4559 { 4560 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4561 int can_spell = TRUE; 4562 #endif 4563 4564 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 4565 if (get_term_attr) 4566 { 4567 syntax_attr = term_get_attr(wp->w_buffer, lnum, vcol); 4568 4569 if (!attr_pri) 4570 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4571 else 4572 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4573 } 4574 #endif 4575 4576 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4577 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4578 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4579 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4580 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4581 { 4582 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4583 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4584 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4585 did_emsg = FALSE; 4586 4587 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4588 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4589 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4590 # endif 4591 NULL, FALSE); 4592 4593 if (did_emsg) 4594 { 4595 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4596 has_syntax = FALSE; 4597 } 4598 else 4599 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4600 #ifdef SYN_TIME_LIMIT 4601 if (wp->w_s->b_syn_slow) 4602 has_syntax = FALSE; 4603 #endif 4604 4605 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4606 * have made it invalid. */ 4607 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4608 ptr = line + v; 4609 4610 if (!attr_pri) 4611 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4612 else 4613 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4614 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4615 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4616 * with line highlighting */ 4617 if (c == NUL) 4618 syntax_flags = 0; 4619 else 4620 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4621 # endif 4622 } 4623 #endif 4624 4625 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4626 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4627 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4628 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4629 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4630 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4631 { 4632 spell_attr = 0; 4633 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4634 if (!attr_pri) 4635 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4636 # endif 4637 if (c != 0 && ( 4638 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4639 !has_syntax || 4640 # endif 4641 can_spell)) 4642 { 4643 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4644 int len; 4645 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4646 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4647 if (has_mbyte) 4648 { 4649 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4650 v -= mb_l - 1; 4651 } 4652 else 4653 # endif 4654 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4655 4656 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4657 * next line concatenated. */ 4658 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4659 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4660 else 4661 p = prev_ptr; 4662 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4663 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4664 nochange); 4665 word_end = v + len; 4666 4667 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4668 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4669 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4670 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4671 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4672 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4673 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4674 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4675 { 4676 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4677 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4678 } 4679 4680 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4681 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4682 { 4683 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4684 * start of the next line. */ 4685 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4686 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4687 } 4688 4689 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4690 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4691 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4692 4693 if (cap_col > 0) 4694 { 4695 if (p != prev_ptr 4696 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4697 { 4698 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4699 * must start with a capital. */ 4700 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4701 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4702 - nextline_idx); 4703 } 4704 else 4705 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4706 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4707 } 4708 } 4709 } 4710 if (spell_attr != 0) 4711 { 4712 if (!attr_pri) 4713 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4714 else 4715 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4716 } 4717 #endif 4718 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4719 /* 4720 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4721 */ 4722 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4723 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4724 { 4725 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4726 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4727 # endif 4728 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4729 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4730 mb_off + 4731 # endif 4732 1); 4733 4734 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4735 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4736 NULL) - 1; 4737 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > wp->w_width) 4738 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4739 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4740 4741 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4742 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4743 # else 4744 c_extra = ' '; 4745 # endif 4746 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4747 { 4748 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4749 if (c == TAB) 4750 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4751 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4752 #endif 4753 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4754 c = ' '; 4755 } 4756 } 4757 #endif 4758 4759 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4760 */ 4761 if (wp->w_p_list 4762 && (((c == 160 4763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4764 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4765 #endif 4766 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4767 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4768 { 4769 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4770 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4771 { 4772 n_attr = 1; 4773 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4774 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4775 } 4776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4777 mb_c = c; 4778 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4779 { 4780 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4781 u8cc[0] = 0; 4782 c = 0xc0; 4783 } 4784 else 4785 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4786 #endif 4787 } 4788 4789 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4790 { 4791 c = lcs_trail; 4792 if (!attr_pri) 4793 { 4794 n_attr = 1; 4795 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4796 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4797 } 4798 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4799 mb_c = c; 4800 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4801 { 4802 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4803 u8cc[0] = 0; 4804 c = 0xc0; 4805 } 4806 else 4807 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4808 #endif 4809 } 4810 } 4811 4812 /* 4813 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4814 */ 4815 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4816 { 4817 /* 4818 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4819 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4820 * into "ScreenLines". 4821 */ 4822 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4823 { 4824 int tab_len = 0; 4825 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4826 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4827 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4828 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4829 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4830 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4831 #endif 4832 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4833 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4834 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4835 4836 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4837 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4838 #endif 4839 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4840 n_extra = tab_len; 4841 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4842 else 4843 { 4844 char_u *p; 4845 int len = n_extra; 4846 int i; 4847 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4848 4849 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4850 if (vcol_off > 0) 4851 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4852 tab_len += vcol_off; 4853 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4854 */ 4855 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4856 && n_extra > tab_len) 4857 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4858 #endif 4859 4860 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4861 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4862 * for a tab */ 4863 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4864 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4865 if (n_extra > 0) 4866 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4867 #endif 4868 c = lcs_tab1; 4869 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4870 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4871 p[len] = NUL; 4872 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4873 p_extra_free = p; 4874 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4875 { 4876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4877 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4878 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4879 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4880 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4881 #else 4882 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4883 #endif 4884 } 4885 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4886 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4887 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4888 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4889 if (vcol_off > 0) 4890 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4891 #endif 4892 } 4893 #endif 4894 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4895 { 4896 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4897 4898 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4899 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4900 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4901 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4902 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4903 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4904 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4905 4906 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4907 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4908 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4909 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4910 && lcs_tab1) 4911 tab_len += vc_saved; 4912 } 4913 #endif 4914 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4915 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4916 #endif 4917 if (wp->w_p_list) 4918 { 4919 c = lcs_tab1; 4920 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4921 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4922 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4923 else 4924 #endif 4925 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4926 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4927 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4928 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4929 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4930 mb_c = c; 4931 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 4932 { 4933 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4934 u8cc[0] = 0; 4935 c = 0xc0; 4936 } 4937 #endif 4938 } 4939 else 4940 { 4941 c_extra = ' '; 4942 c = ' '; 4943 } 4944 } 4945 else if (c == NUL 4946 && (wp->w_p_list 4947 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4948 && tocol > vcol 4949 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4950 && ( 4951 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4952 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4953 # endif 4954 (col < wp->w_width)) 4955 && !(noinvcur 4956 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4957 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4958 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4959 { 4960 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4961 * character if the line break is included. */ 4962 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4963 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4964 * "$". */ 4965 if ( 4966 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4967 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4968 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4969 && 4970 # endif 4971 # endif 4972 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4973 line_attr == 0 4974 # endif 4975 ) 4976 #endif 4977 { 4978 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4979 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4980 * beyond end of line. */ 4981 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4982 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4983 n_extra = 0; 4984 else 4985 #endif 4986 { 4987 p_extra = at_end_str; 4988 n_extra = 1; 4989 c_extra = NUL; 4990 } 4991 } 4992 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4993 c = lcs_eol; 4994 else 4995 c = ' '; 4996 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4997 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4998 if (!attr_pri) 4999 { 5000 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5001 n_attr = 1; 5002 } 5003 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5004 mb_c = c; 5005 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5006 { 5007 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5008 u8cc[0] = 0; 5009 c = 0xc0; 5010 } 5011 else 5012 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5013 #endif 5014 } 5015 else if (c != NUL) 5016 { 5017 p_extra = transchar(c); 5018 if (n_extra == 0) 5019 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5020 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5021 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 5022 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 5023 #endif 5024 c_extra = NUL; 5025 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5026 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 5027 { 5028 char_u *p; 5029 5030 c = *p_extra; 5031 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 5032 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 5033 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 5034 p[n_extra] = NUL; 5035 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5036 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 5037 } 5038 else 5039 #endif 5040 { 5041 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 5042 c = *p_extra++; 5043 } 5044 if (!attr_pri) 5045 { 5046 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 5047 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 5048 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5049 } 5050 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5051 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5052 #endif 5053 } 5054 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5055 else if (VIsual_active 5056 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 5057 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 5058 && virtual_active() 5059 && tocol != MAXCOL 5060 && vcol < tocol 5061 && ( 5062 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5063 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5064 # endif 5065 (col < wp->w_width))) 5066 { 5067 c = ' '; 5068 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5069 } 5070 #endif 5071 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5072 else if (( 5073 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5074 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 5075 # endif 5076 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5077 term_attr != 0 || 5078 # endif 5079 line_attr != 0 5080 ) && ( 5081 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5082 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 5083 # endif 5084 (col 5085 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5086 - boguscols 5087 # endif 5088 < wp->w_width))) 5089 { 5090 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 5091 c = ' '; 5092 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 5093 5094 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 5095 ++did_line_attr; 5096 5097 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 5098 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr 5099 && (did_line_attr > 1 5100 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0))) 5101 char_attr = line_attr; 5102 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5103 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 5104 { 5105 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 5106 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 5107 { 5108 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 5109 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5110 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5111 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5112 } 5113 } 5114 # endif 5115 # ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5116 if (term_attr != 0) 5117 { 5118 char_attr = term_attr; 5119 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5120 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 5121 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 5122 } 5123 # endif 5124 } 5125 #endif 5126 } 5127 5128 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5129 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 5130 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 5131 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 5132 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 5133 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 5134 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 5135 { 5136 char_attr = conceal_attr; 5137 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 5138 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 5139 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 5140 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 5141 { 5142 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 5143 * character. */ 5144 if (match_conc) 5145 c = match_conc; 5146 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 5147 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 5148 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 5149 c = lcs_conceal; 5150 else 5151 c = ' '; 5152 5153 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 5154 5155 if (n_extra > 0) 5156 vcol_off += n_extra; 5157 vcol += n_extra; 5158 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 5159 { 5160 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5161 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5162 { 5163 col -= n_extra; 5164 boguscols -= n_extra; 5165 } 5166 else 5167 # endif 5168 { 5169 boguscols += n_extra; 5170 col += n_extra; 5171 } 5172 } 5173 n_extra = 0; 5174 n_attr = 0; 5175 } 5176 else if (n_skip == 0) 5177 { 5178 is_concealing = TRUE; 5179 n_skip = 1; 5180 } 5181 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5182 mb_c = c; 5183 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5184 { 5185 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5186 u8cc[0] = 0; 5187 c = 0xc0; 5188 } 5189 else 5190 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5191 # endif 5192 } 5193 else 5194 { 5195 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5196 is_concealing = FALSE; 5197 } 5198 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5199 } 5200 5201 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5202 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5203 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5204 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5205 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5206 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5207 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5208 { 5209 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5210 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5211 wp->w_wcol = wp->w_width - col + boguscols - 1; 5212 else 5213 # endif 5214 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5215 wp->w_wrow = row; 5216 did_wcol = TRUE; 5217 } 5218 #endif 5219 5220 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5221 if (n_attr > 0 5222 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5223 && !attr_pri) 5224 char_attr = extra_attr; 5225 5226 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5227 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5228 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5229 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5230 if (p_imst == IM_ON_THE_SPOT 5231 && xic != NULL 5232 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5233 && (State & INSERT) 5234 && !p_imdisable 5235 && im_is_preediting() 5236 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5237 { 5238 colnr_T tcol; 5239 5240 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5241 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5242 else 5243 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5244 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5245 { 5246 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5247 { 5248 feedback_col = 0; 5249 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5250 } 5251 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5252 if (char_attr < 0) 5253 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5254 feedback_col++; 5255 } 5256 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5257 { 5258 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5259 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5260 feedback_col = 0; 5261 } 5262 } 5263 #endif 5264 /* 5265 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5266 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5267 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5268 */ 5269 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5270 && wp->w_p_list 5271 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5272 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5273 && filler_todo <= 0 5274 #endif 5275 && draw_state > WL_NR 5276 && c != NUL) 5277 { 5278 c = lcs_prec; 5279 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5280 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5281 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5282 { 5283 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5284 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5285 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5286 n_extra = 1; 5287 n_attr = 2; 5288 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5289 } 5290 mb_c = c; 5291 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5292 { 5293 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5294 u8cc[0] = 0; 5295 c = 0xc0; 5296 } 5297 else 5298 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5299 #endif 5300 if (!attr_pri) 5301 { 5302 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5303 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5304 n_attr3 = 1; 5305 } 5306 } 5307 5308 /* 5309 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5310 */ 5311 if (c == NUL 5312 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5313 || did_line_attr == 1 5314 #endif 5315 ) 5316 { 5317 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5318 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5319 5320 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5321 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5322 ++prevcol; 5323 #endif 5324 5325 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5326 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5327 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5328 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5329 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5330 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5331 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5332 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5333 else 5334 { 5335 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5336 while (cur != NULL) 5337 { 5338 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5339 { 5340 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5341 break; 5342 } 5343 cur = cur->next; 5344 } 5345 } 5346 #endif 5347 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5348 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5349 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5350 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5351 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5352 && c == NUL) 5353 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5354 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5355 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5356 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5357 && !(wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5358 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 5359 # endif 5360 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5361 && diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 5362 # endif 5363 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5364 && did_line_attr <= 1 5365 # endif 5366 ) 5367 #endif 5368 )) 5369 { 5370 int n = 0; 5371 5372 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5373 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5374 { 5375 if (col < 0) 5376 n = 1; 5377 } 5378 else 5379 #endif 5380 { 5381 if (col >= wp->w_width) 5382 n = -1; 5383 } 5384 if (n != 0) 5385 { 5386 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5387 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5388 off += n; 5389 col += n; 5390 } 5391 else 5392 { 5393 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5394 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5396 if (enc_utf8) 5397 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5398 #endif 5399 } 5400 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5401 if (area_attr == 0) 5402 { 5403 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5404 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5405 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5406 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5407 shl_flag = FALSE; 5408 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5409 { 5410 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5411 && ((cur != NULL 5412 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5413 || cur == NULL)) 5414 { 5415 shl = &search_hl; 5416 shl_flag = TRUE; 5417 } 5418 else 5419 shl = &cur->hl; 5420 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5421 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5422 char_attr = shl->attr; 5423 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5424 cur = cur->next; 5425 } 5426 } 5427 #endif 5428 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5429 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5430 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5431 { 5432 --col; 5433 --off; 5434 } 5435 else 5436 #endif 5437 { 5438 ++col; 5439 ++off; 5440 } 5441 ++vcol; 5442 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5443 eol_hl_off = 1; 5444 #endif 5445 } 5446 } 5447 5448 /* 5449 * At end of the text line. 5450 */ 5451 if (c == NUL) 5452 { 5453 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5454 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5455 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5456 { 5457 /* highlight last char after line */ 5458 --col; 5459 --off; 5460 --vcol; 5461 } 5462 5463 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5464 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5465 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5466 else 5467 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5468 5469 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5470 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5471 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5472 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5473 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5474 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5475 col -= boguscols; 5476 boguscols = 0; 5477 #endif 5478 5479 if (draw_color_col) 5480 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5481 5482 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5483 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5484 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5485 wp->w_width * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5486 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5487 || draw_color_col) 5488 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5489 && !wp->w_p_rl 5490 # endif 5491 ) 5492 { 5493 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5494 int i; 5495 5496 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5497 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5498 if (draw_color_col) 5499 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5500 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5501 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5502 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5503 5504 while (col < wp->w_width) 5505 { 5506 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5507 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5508 if (enc_utf8) 5509 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5510 #endif 5511 ++col; 5512 if (draw_color_col) 5513 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5514 &color_cols); 5515 5516 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5517 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5518 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5519 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5520 else 5521 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5522 5523 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5524 break; 5525 5526 ++vcol; 5527 } 5528 } 5529 #endif 5530 5531 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5532 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5533 row++; 5534 5535 /* 5536 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5537 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5538 */ 5539 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5540 { 5541 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5542 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5543 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5544 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5545 #endif 5546 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5547 } 5548 5549 break; 5550 } 5551 5552 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5553 if (lcs_ext 5554 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5555 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5556 && filler_todo <= 0 5557 #endif 5558 && ( 5559 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5560 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5561 #endif 5562 col == wp->w_width - 1) 5563 && (*ptr != NUL 5564 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5565 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5566 { 5567 c = lcs_ext; 5568 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5570 mb_c = c; 5571 if (enc_utf8 && utf_char2len(c) > 1) 5572 { 5573 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5574 u8cc[0] = 0; 5575 c = 0xc0; 5576 } 5577 else 5578 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5579 #endif 5580 } 5581 5582 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5583 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5584 if (draw_color_col) 5585 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5586 5587 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5588 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5589 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5590 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5591 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5592 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area 5593 && search_attr == 0 && area_attr == 0) 5594 { 5595 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5596 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5597 { 5598 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5599 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5600 } 5601 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5602 { 5603 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5604 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5605 } 5606 } 5607 #endif 5608 5609 /* 5610 * Store character to be displayed. 5611 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5612 */ 5613 vcol_prev = vcol; 5614 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5615 { 5616 /* 5617 * Store the character. 5618 */ 5619 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5620 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5621 { 5622 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5623 --off; 5624 --col; 5625 } 5626 #endif 5627 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5629 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5630 { 5631 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5632 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5633 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5634 } 5635 else if (enc_utf8) 5636 { 5637 if (mb_utf8) 5638 { 5639 int i; 5640 5641 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5642 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5643 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5644 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5645 { 5646 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5647 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5648 break; 5649 } 5650 } 5651 else 5652 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5653 } 5654 if (multi_attr) 5655 { 5656 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5657 multi_attr = 0; 5658 } 5659 else 5660 #endif 5661 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5662 5663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5664 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5665 { 5666 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5667 ++off; 5668 ++col; 5669 if (enc_utf8) 5670 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5671 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5672 else 5673 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5674 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5675 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5676 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5677 && filler_todo <= 0 5678 #endif 5679 ) 5680 ++vcol; 5681 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5682 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5683 if (tocol == vcol) 5684 ++tocol; 5685 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5686 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5687 { 5688 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5689 --off; 5690 --col; 5691 } 5692 #endif 5693 } 5694 #endif 5695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5696 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5697 { 5698 --off; 5699 --col; 5700 } 5701 else 5702 #endif 5703 { 5704 ++off; 5705 ++col; 5706 } 5707 } 5708 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5709 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5710 { 5711 --n_skip; 5712 ++vcol_off; 5713 if (n_extra > 0) 5714 vcol_off += n_extra; 5715 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5716 { 5717 /* 5718 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5719 * 5720 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5721 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5722 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5723 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5724 * 5725 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5726 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5727 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5728 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5729 */ 5730 if (n_extra > 0) 5731 { 5732 vcol += n_extra; 5733 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5734 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5735 { 5736 col -= n_extra; 5737 boguscols -= n_extra; 5738 } 5739 else 5740 # endif 5741 { 5742 col += n_extra; 5743 boguscols += n_extra; 5744 } 5745 n_extra = 0; 5746 n_attr = 0; 5747 } 5748 5749 5750 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5751 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5752 { 5753 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5754 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5755 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5756 { 5757 --boguscols; 5758 --col; 5759 } 5760 else 5761 # endif 5762 { 5763 ++boguscols; 5764 ++col; 5765 } 5766 } 5767 # endif 5768 5769 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5770 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5771 { 5772 --boguscols; 5773 --col; 5774 } 5775 else 5776 # endif 5777 { 5778 ++boguscols; 5779 ++col; 5780 } 5781 } 5782 else 5783 { 5784 if (n_extra > 0) 5785 { 5786 vcol += n_extra; 5787 n_extra = 0; 5788 n_attr = 0; 5789 } 5790 } 5791 5792 } 5793 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5794 else 5795 --n_skip; 5796 5797 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5798 * column. */ 5799 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5800 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5801 && filler_todo <= 0 5802 #endif 5803 ) 5804 ++vcol; 5805 5806 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5807 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5808 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5809 #endif 5810 5811 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5812 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5813 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5814 5815 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5816 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5817 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5818 5819 /* 5820 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5821 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5822 */ 5823 if (( 5824 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5825 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5826 #endif 5827 (col >= wp->w_width)) 5828 && (*ptr != NUL 5829 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5830 || filler_todo > 0 5831 #endif 5832 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5833 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5834 ) 5835 { 5836 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5837 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col - boguscols, 5838 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5839 boguscols = 0; 5840 #else 5841 screen_line(screen_row, wp->w_wincol, col, 5842 (int)wp->w_width, HAS_RIGHTLEFT(wp->w_p_rl)); 5843 #endif 5844 ++row; 5845 ++screen_row; 5846 5847 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5848 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5849 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5850 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5851 && filler_todo <= 0 5852 #endif 5853 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5854 break; 5855 5856 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5857 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5858 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5859 && filler_todo <= 0 5860 #endif 5861 ) 5862 { 5863 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5864 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5865 row = endrow; 5866 } 5867 5868 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5869 if (row == endrow) 5870 { 5871 ++row; 5872 break; 5873 } 5874 5875 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5876 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5877 && filler_todo <= 0 5878 #endif 5879 && wp->w_width == Columns) 5880 { 5881 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5882 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5883 5884 /* 5885 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5886 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5887 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5888 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5889 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5890 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5891 * (something has been written in it). 5892 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5893 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5894 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5895 */ 5896 if (p_tf 5897 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5898 && !gui.in_use 5899 #endif 5900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5901 && !(has_mbyte 5902 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5903 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5904 == 2 5905 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5906 + (int)Columns - 2, 5907 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5908 == 2)) 5909 #endif 5910 ) 5911 { 5912 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5913 * then output the same character again to let the 5914 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5915 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5916 if (screen_cur_col != wp->w_width) 5917 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5918 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5919 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5920 5921 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5922 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5923 * space to keep it simple. */ 5924 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5925 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5926 out_char(' '); 5927 else 5928 #endif 5929 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5930 + (Columns - 1)]); 5931 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5932 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5933 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5934 } 5935 } 5936 5937 col = 0; 5938 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5939 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5940 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5941 { 5942 col = wp->w_width - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5943 off += col; 5944 } 5945 #endif 5946 5947 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5948 draw_state = WL_START; 5949 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5950 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5951 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5952 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5953 n_extra = 0; 5954 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5955 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5956 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5957 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5958 # endif 5959 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5960 #endif 5961 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5962 --filler_todo; 5963 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5964 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5965 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5966 break; 5967 #endif 5968 } 5969 5970 } /* for every character in the line */ 5971 5972 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5973 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5974 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5975 { 5976 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5977 cap_col = 0; 5978 } 5979 #endif 5980 5981 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5982 return row; 5983 } 5984 5985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5986 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 5987 5988 /* 5989 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5990 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5991 */ 5992 static int 5993 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5994 { 5995 int i; 5996 5997 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5998 { 5999 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 6000 return TRUE; 6001 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 6002 break; 6003 } 6004 return FALSE; 6005 } 6006 #endif 6007 6008 /* 6009 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 6010 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 6011 * - the attributes are different 6012 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 6013 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 6014 */ 6015 static int 6016 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 6017 { 6018 if (cols > 0 6019 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 6020 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6021 6022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6023 || (enc_dbcs != 0 6024 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 6025 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 6026 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 6027 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6028 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6029 || (enc_utf8 6030 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6031 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 6032 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 6033 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 6034 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 6035 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 6036 #endif 6037 )) 6038 return TRUE; 6039 return FALSE; 6040 } 6041 6042 #if defined(FEAT_TERMINAL) || defined(PROTO) 6043 /* 6044 * Return the index in ScreenLines[] for the current screen line. 6045 */ 6046 int 6047 screen_get_current_line_off() 6048 { 6049 return (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6050 } 6051 #endif 6052 6053 /* 6054 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 6055 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 6056 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 6057 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 6058 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 6059 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 6060 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 6061 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 6062 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 6063 */ 6064 void 6065 screen_line( 6066 int row, 6067 int coloff, 6068 int endcol, 6069 int clear_width, 6070 int rlflag UNUSED) 6071 { 6072 unsigned off_from; 6073 unsigned off_to; 6074 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6075 unsigned max_off_from; 6076 unsigned max_off_to; 6077 #endif 6078 int col = 0; 6079 int hl; 6080 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 6081 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 6082 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6083 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 6084 #endif 6085 ; 6086 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 6087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6088 int clear_next = FALSE; 6089 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 6090 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 6091 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 6092 #else 6093 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 6094 #endif 6095 6096 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 6097 if (row >= Rows) 6098 row = Rows - 1; 6099 if (endcol > Columns) 6100 endcol = Columns; 6101 6102 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6103 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 6104 # endif 6105 6106 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 6107 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 6108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6109 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 6110 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6111 #endif 6112 6113 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6114 if (rlflag) 6115 { 6116 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 6117 if (clear_width > 0) 6118 { 6119 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6120 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6121 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6122 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6123 # endif 6124 ) 6125 { 6126 ++off_to; 6127 ++col; 6128 } 6129 if (col <= endcol) 6130 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 6131 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 6132 } 6133 col = endcol + 1; 6134 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 6135 off_from += col; 6136 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 6137 } 6138 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 6139 6140 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 6141 6142 while (col < endcol) 6143 { 6144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6145 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 6146 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 6147 else 6148 char_cells = 1; 6149 #endif 6150 6151 redraw_this = redraw_next; 6152 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 6153 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 6154 6155 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6156 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 6157 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 6158 * happens in the GUI. 6159 */ 6160 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 6161 { 6162 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 6163 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6164 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6165 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6166 redraw_this = TRUE; 6167 } 6168 #endif 6169 6170 if (redraw_this) 6171 { 6172 /* 6173 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 6174 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 6175 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 6176 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 6177 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 6178 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 6179 * character. 6180 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 6181 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 6182 * completely. 6183 */ 6184 if ( p_wiv 6185 && !force 6186 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6187 && !gui.in_use 6188 #endif 6189 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6190 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6191 { 6192 /* 6193 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6194 */ 6195 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6196 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6197 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6198 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6199 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6200 6201 /* 6202 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6203 * highlighting at this character. 6204 */ 6205 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6206 { 6207 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6208 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6209 screen_stop_highlight(); 6210 } 6211 else 6212 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6213 } 6214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6215 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6216 { 6217 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6218 * the other way around requires another character to be 6219 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6220 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6221 if (char_cells == 1 6222 && col + 1 < endcol 6223 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6224 { 6225 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6226 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6227 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6228 redraw_next = TRUE; 6229 } 6230 else if (char_cells == 2 6231 && col + 2 < endcol 6232 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6233 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6234 { 6235 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6236 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6237 * cell. */ 6238 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6239 redraw_next = TRUE; 6240 } 6241 6242 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6243 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6244 } 6245 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6246 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6247 * the right halve of the old character. 6248 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6249 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6250 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6251 && ((char_cells == 1 6252 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6253 || (char_cells == 2 6254 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6255 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6256 clear_next = TRUE; 6257 #endif 6258 6259 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6260 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6261 if (enc_utf8) 6262 { 6263 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6264 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6265 { 6266 int i; 6267 6268 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6269 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6270 } 6271 } 6272 if (char_cells == 2) 6273 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6274 #endif 6275 6276 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6277 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6278 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6279 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6280 * and for some xterms. */ 6281 if ( 6282 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6283 gui.in_use 6284 # endif 6285 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6286 || 6287 # endif 6288 # ifdef UNIX 6289 term_is_xterm 6290 # endif 6291 ) 6292 { 6293 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6294 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6295 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6296 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6297 redraw_next = TRUE; 6298 } 6299 #endif 6300 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6302 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6303 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6304 if (char_cells == 2) 6305 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6306 6307 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6308 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6309 else 6310 #endif 6311 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6312 } 6313 else if ( p_wiv 6314 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6315 && !gui.in_use 6316 #endif 6317 && col + coloff > 0) 6318 { 6319 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6320 { 6321 /* 6322 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6323 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6324 */ 6325 screen_attr = 0; 6326 } 6327 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6328 screen_stop_highlight(); 6329 } 6330 6331 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6332 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6333 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6334 } 6335 6336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6337 if (clear_next) 6338 { 6339 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6340 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6341 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6342 if (enc_utf8) 6343 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6344 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6345 } 6346 #endif 6347 6348 if (clear_width > 0 6349 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6350 && !rlflag 6351 #endif 6352 ) 6353 { 6354 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6355 int startCol = col; 6356 #endif 6357 6358 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6359 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6360 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6361 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6362 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6363 #endif 6364 ) 6365 { 6366 ++off_to; 6367 ++col; 6368 } 6369 if (col < clear_width) 6370 { 6371 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6372 /* 6373 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6374 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6375 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6376 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6377 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6378 */ 6379 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6380 { 6381 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6382 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6383 { 6384 int prev_cells = 1; 6385 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6386 if (enc_utf8) 6387 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6388 * that its width is 2. */ 6389 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6390 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6391 { 6392 /* find previous character by counting from first 6393 * column and get its width. */ 6394 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6395 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6396 6397 while (off < off_to) 6398 { 6399 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6400 off += prev_cells; 6401 } 6402 } 6403 6404 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6405 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6406 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6407 else 6408 # endif 6409 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6410 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6411 } 6412 } 6413 #endif 6414 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6415 ' ', ' ', 0); 6416 off_to += clear_width - col; 6417 col = clear_width; 6418 } 6419 } 6420 6421 if (clear_width > 0) 6422 { 6423 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6424 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6425 { 6426 int c; 6427 6428 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6429 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6431 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6432 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6433 #endif 6434 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6435 { 6436 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6437 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6439 if (enc_utf8) 6440 { 6441 if (c >= 0x80) 6442 { 6443 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6444 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6445 } 6446 else 6447 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6448 } 6449 #endif 6450 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6451 } 6452 } 6453 else 6454 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6455 } 6456 } 6457 6458 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6459 /* 6460 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6461 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6462 */ 6463 void 6464 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6465 { 6466 char_u *p1, *p2; 6467 int t; 6468 6469 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6470 { 6471 t = *p1; 6472 *p1 = *p2; 6473 *p2 = t; 6474 } 6475 } 6476 #endif 6477 6478 /* 6479 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6480 */ 6481 void 6482 status_redraw_all(void) 6483 { 6484 win_T *wp; 6485 6486 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6487 if (wp->w_status_height) 6488 { 6489 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6490 redraw_later(VALID); 6491 } 6492 } 6493 6494 /* 6495 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6496 */ 6497 void 6498 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6499 { 6500 win_T *wp; 6501 6502 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6503 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6504 { 6505 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6506 redraw_later(VALID); 6507 } 6508 } 6509 6510 /* 6511 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6512 */ 6513 void 6514 redraw_statuslines(void) 6515 { 6516 win_T *wp; 6517 6518 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6519 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6520 win_redr_status(wp); 6521 if (redraw_tabline) 6522 draw_tabline(); 6523 } 6524 6525 #if defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(PROTO) 6526 /* 6527 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6528 */ 6529 void 6530 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6531 { 6532 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6533 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6534 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6535 { 6536 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6537 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6538 } 6539 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6540 { 6541 frp = frp->fr_child; 6542 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6543 frp = frp->fr_next; 6544 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6545 } 6546 } 6547 #endif 6548 6549 /* 6550 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6551 */ 6552 static void 6553 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6554 { 6555 int hl; 6556 int c; 6557 6558 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6559 { 6560 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6561 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6562 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6563 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6564 c, ' ', hl); 6565 } 6566 } 6567 6568 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6569 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6570 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6571 6572 /* 6573 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6574 */ 6575 static int 6576 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6577 { 6578 int len = 0; 6579 6580 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6581 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6582 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6583 6584 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6585 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6586 return 1; 6587 #endif 6588 6589 while (*s != NUL) 6590 { 6591 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6592 len += ptr2cells(s); 6593 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6594 } 6595 6596 return len; 6597 } 6598 6599 /* 6600 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6601 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6602 */ 6603 static int 6604 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6605 { 6606 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6607 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6608 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6609 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6610 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6611 #endif 6612 ) 6613 { 6614 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6615 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6616 return 2; 6617 #endif 6618 return 1; 6619 } 6620 return 0; 6621 } 6622 6623 /* 6624 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6625 * Show at least the "match" item. 6626 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6627 * 6628 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6629 */ 6630 void 6631 win_redr_status_matches( 6632 expand_T *xp, 6633 int num_matches, 6634 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6635 int match, 6636 int showtail) 6637 { 6638 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6639 int row; 6640 char_u *buf; 6641 int len; 6642 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6643 int fillchar; 6644 int attr; 6645 int i; 6646 int highlight = TRUE; 6647 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6648 int selstart_col = 0; 6649 char_u *selend = NULL; 6650 static int first_match = 0; 6651 int add_left = FALSE; 6652 char_u *s; 6653 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6654 int emenu; 6655 #endif 6656 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6657 int l; 6658 #endif 6659 6660 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6661 return; 6662 6663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6664 if (has_mbyte) 6665 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6666 else 6667 #endif 6668 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6669 if (buf == NULL) 6670 return; 6671 6672 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6673 { 6674 match = 0; 6675 highlight = FALSE; 6676 } 6677 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6678 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6679 if (match == 0) 6680 first_match = 0; 6681 else if (match < first_match) 6682 { 6683 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6684 first_match = match; 6685 add_left = TRUE; 6686 } 6687 else 6688 { 6689 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6690 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6691 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6692 if (first_match > 0) 6693 clen += 2; 6694 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6695 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6696 { 6697 first_match = match; 6698 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6699 clen = 2; 6700 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6701 { 6702 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6703 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6704 break; 6705 } 6706 if (i == num_matches) 6707 add_left = TRUE; 6708 } 6709 } 6710 if (add_left) 6711 while (first_match > 0) 6712 { 6713 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6714 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6715 break; 6716 --first_match; 6717 } 6718 6719 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, curwin); 6720 6721 if (first_match == 0) 6722 { 6723 *buf = NUL; 6724 len = 0; 6725 } 6726 else 6727 { 6728 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6729 len = 2; 6730 } 6731 clen = len; 6732 6733 i = first_match; 6734 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6735 { 6736 if (i == match) 6737 { 6738 selstart = buf + len; 6739 selstart_col = clen; 6740 } 6741 6742 s = L_MATCH(i); 6743 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6744 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6745 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6746 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6747 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6748 { 6749 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6750 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6751 len += l; 6752 clen += l; 6753 } 6754 else 6755 #endif 6756 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6757 { 6758 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6759 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6761 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6762 { 6763 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6764 s += l - 1; 6765 len += l; 6766 } 6767 else 6768 #endif 6769 { 6770 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6771 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6772 } 6773 } 6774 if (i == match) 6775 selend = buf + len; 6776 6777 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6778 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6779 clen += 2; 6780 if (++i == num_matches) 6781 break; 6782 } 6783 6784 if (i != num_matches) 6785 { 6786 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6787 ++clen; 6788 } 6789 6790 buf[len] = NUL; 6791 6792 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6793 if (row >= 0) 6794 { 6795 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6796 { 6797 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6798 { 6799 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6800 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6801 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6802 { 6803 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, 0, NULL); 6804 ++msg_scrolled; 6805 } 6806 else 6807 { 6808 ++cmdline_row; 6809 ++row; 6810 } 6811 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6812 } 6813 else 6814 { 6815 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6816 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6817 * resized. */ 6818 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6819 { 6820 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6821 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6822 p_ls = 2; 6823 p_wmh = 0; 6824 last_status(FALSE); 6825 } 6826 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6827 } 6828 } 6829 6830 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6831 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6832 { 6833 *selend = NUL; 6834 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6835 } 6836 6837 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6838 } 6839 6840 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6841 vim_free(buf); 6842 } 6843 #endif 6844 6845 /* 6846 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6847 * 6848 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6849 */ 6850 void 6851 win_redr_status(win_T *wp) 6852 { 6853 int row; 6854 char_u *p; 6855 int len; 6856 int fillchar; 6857 int attr; 6858 int this_ru_col; 6859 static int busy = FALSE; 6860 6861 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6862 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6863 if (busy) 6864 return; 6865 busy = TRUE; 6866 6867 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6868 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6869 { 6870 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6871 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6872 } 6873 else if (!redrawing() 6874 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6875 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6876 * drawn over it */ 6877 || pum_visible() 6878 #endif 6879 ) 6880 { 6881 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6882 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6883 } 6884 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6885 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6886 { 6887 /* redraw custom status line */ 6888 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6889 } 6890 #endif 6891 else 6892 { 6893 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6894 6895 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6896 p = NameBuff; 6897 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6898 6899 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer) 6900 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6901 || wp->w_p_pvw 6902 #endif 6903 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6904 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6905 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6906 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6907 { 6908 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6909 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6910 } 6911 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6912 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6913 { 6914 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6915 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6916 } 6917 #endif 6918 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6919 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 6920 && !bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 6921 #endif 6922 ) 6923 { 6924 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6925 len += 3; 6926 } 6927 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6928 { 6929 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6930 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6931 } 6932 6933 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 6934 if (this_ru_col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 6935 this_ru_col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 6936 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6937 { 6938 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6939 len = 1; 6940 } 6941 else 6942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6943 if (has_mbyte) 6944 { 6945 int clen = 0, i; 6946 6947 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6948 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6949 6950 /* Find first character that will fit. 6951 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6952 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6953 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6954 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6955 len = clen; 6956 if (i > 0) 6957 { 6958 p = p + i - 1; 6959 *p = '<'; 6960 ++len; 6961 } 6962 6963 } 6964 else 6965 #endif 6966 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6967 { 6968 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6969 *p = '<'; 6970 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6971 } 6972 6973 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6974 screen_puts(p, row, wp->w_wincol, attr); 6975 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + wp->w_wincol, 6976 this_ru_col + wp->w_wincol, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6977 6978 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6979 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6980 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6981 - 1 + wp->w_wincol), attr); 6982 6983 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6984 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6985 #endif 6986 } 6987 6988 /* 6989 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6990 */ 6991 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6992 { 6993 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6994 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 6995 else 6996 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6997 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6998 attr); 6999 } 7000 busy = FALSE; 7001 } 7002 7003 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 7004 /* 7005 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 7006 * errors encountered. 7007 */ 7008 static void 7009 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 7010 { 7011 static int entered = FALSE; 7012 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 7013 7014 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 7015 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 7016 if (entered) 7017 return; 7018 entered = TRUE; 7019 7020 did_emsg = FALSE; 7021 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 7022 if (did_emsg) 7023 { 7024 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 7025 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 7026 * again and again. */ 7027 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 7028 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 7029 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 7030 } 7031 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 7032 entered = FALSE; 7033 } 7034 #endif 7035 7036 /* 7037 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 7038 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 7039 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 7040 */ 7041 int 7042 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 7043 { 7044 frame_T *fr; 7045 7046 fr = wp->w_frame; 7047 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 7048 { 7049 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 7050 { 7051 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7052 break; 7053 } 7054 else 7055 { 7056 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 7057 return TRUE; 7058 } 7059 fr = fr->fr_parent; 7060 } 7061 return FALSE; 7062 } 7063 7064 7065 /* 7066 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 7067 */ 7068 int 7069 get_keymap_str( 7070 win_T *wp, 7071 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 7072 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 7073 int len) /* length of buffer */ 7074 { 7075 char_u *p; 7076 7077 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 7078 return FALSE; 7079 7080 { 7081 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7082 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 7083 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 7084 char_u *s; 7085 7086 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 7087 curwin = wp; 7088 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 7089 ++emsg_skip; 7090 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 7091 --emsg_skip; 7092 curbuf = old_curbuf; 7093 curwin = old_curwin; 7094 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 7095 #endif 7096 { 7097 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 7098 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 7099 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 7100 else 7101 #endif 7102 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 7103 } 7104 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 7105 buf[0] = NUL; 7106 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7107 vim_free(s); 7108 #endif 7109 } 7110 return buf[0] != NUL; 7111 } 7112 7113 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 7114 /* 7115 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 7116 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 7117 */ 7118 static void 7119 win_redr_custom( 7120 win_T *wp, 7121 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 7122 { 7123 static int entered = FALSE; 7124 int attr; 7125 int curattr; 7126 int row; 7127 int col = 0; 7128 int maxwidth; 7129 int width; 7130 int n; 7131 int len; 7132 int fillchar; 7133 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 7134 char_u *stl; 7135 char_u *p; 7136 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7137 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 7138 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 7139 win_T *ewp; 7140 int p_crb_save; 7141 7142 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 7143 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 7144 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 7145 if (entered) 7146 return; 7147 entered = TRUE; 7148 7149 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 7150 if (wp == NULL) 7151 { 7152 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 7153 stl = p_tal; 7154 row = 0; 7155 fillchar = ' '; 7156 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 7157 maxwidth = Columns; 7158 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7159 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 7160 # endif 7161 } 7162 else 7163 { 7164 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 7165 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 7166 maxwidth = wp->w_width; 7167 7168 if (draw_ruler) 7169 { 7170 stl = p_ruf; 7171 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 7172 if (*stl == '%') 7173 { 7174 if (*++stl == '-') 7175 stl++; 7176 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 7177 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7178 stl++; 7179 if (*stl++ != '(') 7180 stl = p_ruf; 7181 } 7182 col = ru_col - (Columns - wp->w_width); 7183 if (col < (wp->w_width + 1) / 2) 7184 col = (wp->w_width + 1) / 2; 7185 maxwidth = wp->w_width - col; 7186 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7187 { 7188 row = Rows - 1; 7189 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7190 fillchar = ' '; 7191 attr = 0; 7192 } 7193 7194 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7195 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7196 # endif 7197 } 7198 else 7199 { 7200 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7201 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7202 else 7203 stl = p_stl; 7204 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7205 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7206 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7207 # endif 7208 } 7209 7210 col += wp->w_wincol; 7211 } 7212 7213 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7214 goto theend; 7215 7216 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7217 * the cursor away and back. */ 7218 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7219 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7220 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7221 7222 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7223 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7224 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7225 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7226 stl, use_sandbox, 7227 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7228 vim_free(stl); 7229 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7230 7231 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7232 p = transstr(buf); 7233 if (p != NULL) 7234 { 7235 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7236 vim_free(p); 7237 } 7238 7239 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7240 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7241 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7242 { 7243 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7244 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7245 #else 7246 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7247 #endif 7248 ++width; 7249 } 7250 buf[len] = NUL; 7251 7252 /* 7253 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7254 */ 7255 curattr = attr; 7256 p = buf; 7257 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7258 { 7259 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7260 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7261 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7262 p = hltab[n].start; 7263 7264 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7265 curattr = attr; 7266 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7267 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7268 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 7269 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7270 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7271 curattr = highlight_stltermnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7272 else if (wp != NULL && bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer) 7273 && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7274 curattr = highlight_stlterm[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7275 #endif 7276 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7277 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7278 else 7279 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7280 } 7281 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7282 7283 if (wp == NULL) 7284 { 7285 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7286 col = 0; 7287 len = 0; 7288 p = buf; 7289 fillchar = 0; 7290 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7291 { 7292 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7293 while (col < len) 7294 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7295 p = tabtab[n].start; 7296 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7297 } 7298 while (col < Columns) 7299 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7300 } 7301 7302 theend: 7303 entered = FALSE; 7304 } 7305 7306 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7307 7308 /* 7309 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7310 */ 7311 void 7312 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7313 { 7314 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7315 7316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7317 if (has_mbyte) 7318 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7319 else 7320 #endif 7321 { 7322 buf[0] = c; 7323 buf[1] = NUL; 7324 } 7325 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7326 } 7327 7328 /* 7329 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7330 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7331 */ 7332 void 7333 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7334 { 7335 unsigned off; 7336 7337 /* safety check */ 7338 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7339 { 7340 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7341 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7342 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7343 bytes[1] = NUL; 7344 7345 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7346 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7347 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7348 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7349 { 7350 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7351 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7352 bytes[2] = NUL; 7353 } 7354 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7355 { 7356 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7357 bytes[2] = NUL; 7358 } 7359 #endif 7360 } 7361 } 7362 7363 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7364 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7365 7366 /* 7367 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7368 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7369 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7370 */ 7371 static int 7372 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7373 { 7374 int i; 7375 7376 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7377 { 7378 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7379 return TRUE; 7380 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7381 break; 7382 } 7383 return FALSE; 7384 } 7385 #endif 7386 7387 /* 7388 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7389 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7390 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7391 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7392 */ 7393 void 7394 screen_puts( 7395 char_u *text, 7396 int row, 7397 int col, 7398 int attr) 7399 { 7400 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7401 } 7402 7403 /* 7404 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7405 * a NUL. 7406 */ 7407 void 7408 screen_puts_len( 7409 char_u *text, 7410 int textlen, 7411 int row, 7412 int col, 7413 int attr) 7414 { 7415 unsigned off; 7416 char_u *ptr = text; 7417 int len = textlen; 7418 int c; 7419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7420 unsigned max_off; 7421 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7422 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7423 int u8c = 0; 7424 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7425 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7426 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7427 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7428 int pc, nc, nc1; 7429 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7430 # endif 7431 #endif 7432 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7433 int force_redraw_this; 7434 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7435 #endif 7436 int need_redraw; 7437 7438 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7439 return; 7440 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7441 7442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7443 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7444 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7445 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7446 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7447 && !gui.in_use 7448 # endif 7449 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7450 { 7451 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7452 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7453 if (enc_utf8) 7454 { 7455 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7456 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7457 } 7458 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7459 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7460 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7461 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7462 } 7463 #endif 7464 7465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7466 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7467 #endif 7468 while (col < screen_Columns 7469 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7470 && *ptr != NUL) 7471 { 7472 c = *ptr; 7473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7474 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7475 if (has_mbyte) 7476 { 7477 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7478 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7479 else 7480 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7481 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7482 mbyte_cells = 1; 7483 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7484 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7485 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7486 { 7487 if (len >= 0) 7488 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7489 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7490 else 7491 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7492 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7493 # ifdef UNICODE16 7494 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7495 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7496 { 7497 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7498 if (attr == 0) 7499 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7500 } 7501 # endif 7502 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7503 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7504 { 7505 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7506 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7507 { 7508 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7509 nc = NUL; 7510 nc1 = NUL; 7511 } 7512 else 7513 { 7514 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7515 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7516 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7517 } 7518 pc = prev_c; 7519 prev_c = u8c; 7520 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7521 } 7522 else 7523 prev_c = u8c; 7524 # endif 7525 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7526 { 7527 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7528 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7529 c = '>'; 7530 mbyte_cells = 1; 7531 } 7532 } 7533 } 7534 #endif 7535 7536 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7537 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7538 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7539 #endif 7540 7541 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7543 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7544 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7545 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7546 && c == 0x8e 7547 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7548 || (enc_utf8 7549 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7550 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7551 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7552 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7553 #endif 7554 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7555 || exmode_active; 7556 7557 if (need_redraw 7558 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7559 || force_redraw_this 7560 #endif 7561 ) 7562 { 7563 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7564 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7565 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7566 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7567 * and for some xterms. */ 7568 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7569 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7570 gui.in_use 7571 # endif 7572 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7573 || 7574 # endif 7575 # ifdef UNIX 7576 term_is_xterm 7577 # endif 7578 )) 7579 { 7580 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7581 7582 if (n > HL_ALL) 7583 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7584 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7585 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7586 } 7587 #endif 7588 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7589 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7590 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7591 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7592 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7593 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7594 if (clear_next_cell) 7595 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7596 else if (has_mbyte 7597 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7598 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7599 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7600 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7601 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7602 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7603 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7604 7605 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7606 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7607 if (enc_dbcs 7608 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7609 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7610 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7611 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7612 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7613 #endif 7614 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7615 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7617 if (enc_utf8) 7618 { 7619 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7620 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7621 else 7622 { 7623 int i; 7624 7625 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7626 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7627 { 7628 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7629 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7630 break; 7631 } 7632 } 7633 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7634 { 7635 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7636 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7637 } 7638 screen_char(off, row, col); 7639 } 7640 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7641 { 7642 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7643 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7644 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7645 } 7646 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7647 { 7648 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7649 screen_char(off, row, col); 7650 } 7651 else 7652 #endif 7653 screen_char(off, row, col); 7654 } 7655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7656 if (has_mbyte) 7657 { 7658 off += mbyte_cells; 7659 col += mbyte_cells; 7660 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7661 if (clear_next_cell) 7662 { 7663 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7664 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7665 len = -1; 7666 } 7667 } 7668 else 7669 #endif 7670 { 7671 ++off; 7672 ++col; 7673 ++ptr; 7674 } 7675 } 7676 7677 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7678 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7679 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7680 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7681 { 7682 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7683 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7684 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7685 else 7686 # endif 7687 screen_char(off, row, col); 7688 } 7689 #endif 7690 } 7691 7692 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7693 /* 7694 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7695 */ 7696 static void 7697 start_search_hl(void) 7698 { 7699 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7700 { 7701 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7702 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7703 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7704 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7705 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7706 # endif 7707 } 7708 } 7709 7710 /* 7711 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7712 */ 7713 static void 7714 end_search_hl(void) 7715 { 7716 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7717 { 7718 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7719 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7720 } 7721 } 7722 7723 /* 7724 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7725 */ 7726 static void 7727 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7728 { 7729 matchitem_T *cur; 7730 7731 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7732 * match */ 7733 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7734 while (cur != NULL) 7735 { 7736 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7737 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7738 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7739 else 7740 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7741 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7742 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7743 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7744 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7745 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7746 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7747 # endif 7748 cur = cur->next; 7749 } 7750 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7751 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7752 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7753 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7754 } 7755 7756 /* 7757 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7758 */ 7759 static void 7760 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7761 { 7762 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7763 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7764 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7765 has been processed or not */ 7766 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7767 in progress */ 7768 int n; 7769 7770 /* 7771 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7772 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7773 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7774 */ 7775 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7776 shl_flag = FALSE; 7777 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7778 { 7779 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7780 { 7781 shl = &search_hl; 7782 shl_flag = TRUE; 7783 } 7784 else 7785 shl = &cur->hl; 7786 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7787 && shl->lnum == 0 7788 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7789 { 7790 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7791 { 7792 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7793 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7794 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7795 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7796 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7797 break; 7798 # else 7799 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7800 # endif 7801 } 7802 if (cur != NULL) 7803 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7804 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7805 n = 0; 7806 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7807 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7808 { 7809 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7810 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7811 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7812 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7813 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7814 { 7815 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7816 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7817 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7818 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7819 } 7820 else 7821 { 7822 ++shl->first_lnum; 7823 n = 0; 7824 } 7825 } 7826 } 7827 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7828 cur = cur->next; 7829 } 7830 } 7831 7832 /* 7833 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7834 * Uses shl->buf. 7835 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7836 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7837 * shl->lnum is zero. 7838 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7839 */ 7840 static void 7841 next_search_hl( 7842 win_T *win, 7843 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7844 linenr_T lnum, 7845 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7846 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7847 { 7848 linenr_T l; 7849 colnr_T matchcol; 7850 long nmatched; 7851 7852 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7853 { 7854 /* Check for three situations: 7855 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7856 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7857 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7858 */ 7859 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7860 if (lnum > l) 7861 shl->lnum = 0; 7862 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7863 return; 7864 } 7865 7866 /* 7867 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7868 * or none is found in this line. 7869 */ 7870 called_emsg = FALSE; 7871 for (;;) 7872 { 7873 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7874 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7875 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7876 { 7877 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7878 break; 7879 } 7880 #endif 7881 /* Three situations: 7882 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7883 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7884 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7885 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7886 */ 7887 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7888 matchcol = 0; 7889 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7890 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7891 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7892 { 7893 char_u *ml; 7894 7895 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7896 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7897 if (*ml == NUL) 7898 { 7899 ++matchcol; 7900 shl->lnum = 0; 7901 break; 7902 } 7903 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7904 if (has_mbyte) 7905 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7906 else 7907 #endif 7908 ++matchcol; 7909 } 7910 else 7911 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7912 7913 shl->lnum = lnum; 7914 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7915 { 7916 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7917 * cur->match. */ 7918 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7919 && shl == &cur->hl 7920 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7921 int timed_out = FALSE; 7922 7923 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7924 matchcol, 7925 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7926 &(shl->tm), &timed_out 7927 #else 7928 NULL, NULL 7929 #endif 7930 ); 7931 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7932 if (regprog_is_copy) 7933 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7934 7935 if (called_emsg || got_int || timed_out) 7936 { 7937 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7938 if (shl == &search_hl) 7939 { 7940 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7941 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7942 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7943 } 7944 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7945 shl->lnum = 0; 7946 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7947 message */ 7948 break; 7949 } 7950 } 7951 else if (cur != NULL) 7952 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7953 else 7954 nmatched = 0; 7955 if (nmatched == 0) 7956 { 7957 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7958 break; 7959 } 7960 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7961 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7962 || nmatched > 1 7963 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7964 { 7965 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7966 break; /* useful match found */ 7967 } 7968 } 7969 } 7970 7971 /* 7972 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 7973 * Return zero otherwise. 7974 */ 7975 static int 7976 next_search_hl_pos( 7977 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 7978 linenr_T lnum, 7979 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 7980 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 7981 { 7982 int i; 7983 int found = -1; 7984 7985 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7986 { 7987 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 7988 7989 if (pos->lnum == 0) 7990 break; 7991 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 7992 continue; 7993 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 7994 { 7995 if (found >= 0) 7996 { 7997 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 7998 * them */ 7999 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 8000 { 8001 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 8002 8003 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 8004 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 8005 } 8006 } 8007 else 8008 found = i; 8009 } 8010 } 8011 posmatch->cur = 0; 8012 if (found >= 0) 8013 { 8014 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8015 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 8016 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 8017 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 8018 8019 shl->lnum = lnum; 8020 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 8021 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 8022 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 8023 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 8024 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 8025 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 8026 return 1; 8027 } 8028 return 0; 8029 } 8030 #endif 8031 8032 static void 8033 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 8034 { 8035 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 8036 8037 screen_attr = attr; 8038 if (full_screen 8039 #ifdef WIN3264 8040 && termcap_active 8041 #endif 8042 ) 8043 { 8044 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8045 if (gui.in_use) 8046 { 8047 char buf[20]; 8048 8049 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 8050 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 8051 OUT_STR(buf); 8052 } 8053 else 8054 #endif 8055 { 8056 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8057 { 8058 if (IS_CTERM) 8059 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 8060 else 8061 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 8062 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8063 attr = 0; 8064 else 8065 attr = aep->ae_attr; 8066 } 8067 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && *T_MD != NUL) /* bold */ 8068 out_str(T_MD); 8069 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && ( 8070 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8071 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8072 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8073 : 8074 #endif 8075 t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)) 8076 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 8077 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 8078 out_str(T_ME); 8079 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && *T_SO != NUL) /* standout */ 8080 out_str(T_SO); 8081 if ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS != NUL) /* undercurl */ 8082 out_str(T_UCS); 8083 if (((attr & HL_UNDERLINE) /* underline or undercurl */ 8084 || ((attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCS == NUL)) 8085 && *T_US != NUL) 8086 out_str(T_US); 8087 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && *T_CZH != NUL) /* italic */ 8088 out_str(T_CZH); 8089 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && *T_MR != NUL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 8090 out_str(T_MR); 8091 if ((attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) && *T_STS != NUL) /* strike */ 8092 out_str(T_STS); 8093 8094 /* 8095 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 8096 * bold etc. override the color setting. 8097 */ 8098 if (aep != NULL) 8099 { 8100 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8101 /* When 'termguicolors' is set but fg or bg is unset, 8102 * fall back to the cterm colors. This helps for SpellBad, 8103 * where the GUI uses a red undercurl. */ 8104 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8105 { 8106 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8107 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 8108 } 8109 else 8110 #endif 8111 if (t_colors > 1) 8112 { 8113 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 8114 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 8115 } 8116 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8117 if (p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR) 8118 { 8119 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 8120 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 8121 } 8122 else 8123 #endif 8124 if (t_colors > 1) 8125 { 8126 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 8127 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 8128 } 8129 8130 if (!IS_CTERM) 8131 { 8132 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 8133 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 8134 } 8135 } 8136 } 8137 } 8138 } 8139 8140 void 8141 screen_stop_highlight(void) 8142 { 8143 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 8144 8145 if (screen_attr != 0 8146 #ifdef WIN3264 8147 && termcap_active 8148 #endif 8149 ) 8150 { 8151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8152 if (gui.in_use) 8153 { 8154 char buf[20]; 8155 8156 /* use internal GUI code */ 8157 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 8158 OUT_STR(buf); 8159 } 8160 else 8161 #endif 8162 { 8163 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 8164 { 8165 attrentry_T *aep; 8166 8167 if (IS_CTERM) 8168 { 8169 /* 8170 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 8171 */ 8172 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8173 if (aep != NULL && (( 8174 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8175 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8176 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8177 : 8178 #endif 8179 aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) || ( 8180 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8181 p_tgc && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != CTERMCOLOR 8182 ? aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 8183 : 8184 #endif 8185 aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))) 8186 do_ME = TRUE; 8187 } 8188 else 8189 { 8190 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8191 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8192 { 8193 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8194 do_ME = TRUE; 8195 else 8196 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8197 } 8198 } 8199 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8200 screen_attr = 0; 8201 else 8202 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8203 } 8204 8205 /* 8206 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8207 * same sequence several times. 8208 */ 8209 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8210 { 8211 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8212 do_ME = TRUE; 8213 else 8214 out_str(T_SE); 8215 } 8216 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE != NUL) 8217 { 8218 if (STRCMP(T_UCE, T_ME) == 0) 8219 do_ME = TRUE; 8220 else 8221 out_str(T_UCE); 8222 } 8223 if ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERLINE) 8224 || ((screen_attr & HL_UNDERCURL) && *T_UCE == NUL)) 8225 { 8226 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8227 do_ME = TRUE; 8228 else 8229 out_str(T_UE); 8230 } 8231 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8232 { 8233 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8234 do_ME = TRUE; 8235 else 8236 out_str(T_CZR); 8237 } 8238 if (screen_attr & HL_STRIKETHROUGH) 8239 { 8240 if (STRCMP(T_STE, T_ME) == 0) 8241 do_ME = TRUE; 8242 else 8243 out_str(T_STE); 8244 } 8245 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8246 out_str(T_ME); 8247 8248 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8249 if (p_tgc) 8250 { 8251 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8252 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8253 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8254 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8255 } 8256 else 8257 #endif 8258 { 8259 if (t_colors > 1) 8260 { 8261 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8262 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8263 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8264 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8265 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8266 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8267 out_str(T_MD); 8268 } 8269 } 8270 } 8271 } 8272 screen_attr = 0; 8273 } 8274 8275 /* 8276 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8277 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8278 */ 8279 void 8280 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8281 { 8282 if (IS_CTERM) 8283 { 8284 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8285 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8286 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8287 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8288 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8289 #else 8290 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8291 #endif 8292 { 8293 out_str(T_OP); 8294 screen_attr = -1; 8295 } 8296 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8297 { 8298 out_str(T_ME); 8299 screen_attr = -1; 8300 } 8301 } 8302 } 8303 8304 /* 8305 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8306 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8307 */ 8308 static void 8309 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8310 { 8311 int attr; 8312 8313 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8314 * resizing). */ 8315 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8316 return; 8317 8318 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8319 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8320 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8321 if (*T_XN == NUL 8322 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8323 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8324 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8325 && !cmdmsg_rl 8326 #endif 8327 ) 8328 { 8329 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8330 return; 8331 } 8332 8333 /* 8334 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8335 */ 8336 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8337 attr = screen_char_attr; 8338 else 8339 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8340 if (screen_attr != attr) 8341 screen_stop_highlight(); 8342 8343 windgoto(row, col); 8344 8345 if (screen_attr != attr) 8346 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8347 8348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8349 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8350 { 8351 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8352 8353 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8354 { 8355 if (*p_ambw == 'd' 8356 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8357 && !gui.in_use 8358 # endif 8359 ) 8360 { 8361 /* Clear the two screen cells. If the character is actually 8362 * single width it won't change the second cell. */ 8363 out_str((char_u *)" "); 8364 term_windgoto(row, col); 8365 } 8366 /* not sure where the cursor is after drawing the ambiguous width 8367 * character */ 8368 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8369 } 8370 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8371 ++screen_cur_col; 8372 8373 /* Convert the UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8374 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8375 out_str(buf); 8376 } 8377 else 8378 #endif 8379 { 8380 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8381 out_flush_check(); 8382 #endif 8383 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8385 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8386 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8387 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8388 #endif 8389 } 8390 8391 screen_cur_col++; 8392 } 8393 8394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8395 8396 /* 8397 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8398 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8399 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8400 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8401 */ 8402 static void 8403 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8404 { 8405 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8406 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8407 return; 8408 8409 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8410 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8411 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8412 { 8413 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8414 return; 8415 } 8416 8417 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8418 * second byte directly. */ 8419 screen_char(off, row, col); 8420 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8421 ++screen_cur_col; 8422 } 8423 #endif 8424 8425 /* 8426 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8427 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8428 */ 8429 void 8430 screen_draw_rectangle( 8431 int row, 8432 int col, 8433 int height, 8434 int width, 8435 int invert) 8436 { 8437 int r, c; 8438 int off; 8439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8440 int max_off; 8441 #endif 8442 8443 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8444 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8445 return; 8446 8447 if (invert) 8448 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8449 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8450 { 8451 off = LineOffset[r]; 8452 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8453 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8454 #endif 8455 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8456 { 8457 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8458 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8459 { 8460 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8461 ++c; 8462 } 8463 else 8464 #endif 8465 { 8466 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8468 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8469 ++c; 8470 #endif 8471 } 8472 } 8473 } 8474 screen_char_attr = 0; 8475 } 8476 8477 /* 8478 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8479 */ 8480 static void 8481 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8482 { 8483 int col; 8484 int width; 8485 8486 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8487 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8488 # endif 8489 8490 if (wp == NULL) 8491 { 8492 col = 0; 8493 width = Columns; 8494 } 8495 else 8496 { 8497 col = wp->w_wincol; 8498 width = wp->w_width; 8499 } 8500 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8501 } 8502 8503 static void 8504 space_to_screenline(int off, int attr) 8505 { 8506 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8507 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8508 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8509 if (enc_utf8) 8510 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8511 # endif 8512 } 8513 8514 /* 8515 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8516 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8517 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8518 */ 8519 void 8520 screen_fill( 8521 int start_row, 8522 int end_row, 8523 int start_col, 8524 int end_col, 8525 int c1, 8526 int c2, 8527 int attr) 8528 { 8529 int row; 8530 int col; 8531 int off; 8532 int end_off; 8533 int did_delete; 8534 int c; 8535 int norm_term; 8536 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8537 int force_next = FALSE; 8538 #endif 8539 8540 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8541 end_row = screen_Rows; 8542 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8543 end_col = screen_Columns; 8544 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8545 || start_row >= end_row 8546 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8547 return; 8548 8549 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8550 norm_term = ( 8551 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8552 !gui.in_use && 8553 #endif 8554 !IS_CTERM); 8555 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8556 { 8557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8558 if (has_mbyte 8559 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8560 && !gui.in_use 8561 # endif 8562 ) 8563 { 8564 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8565 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8566 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8567 * terminal. */ 8568 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8569 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8570 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8571 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8572 } 8573 #endif 8574 /* 8575 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8576 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8577 * space. 8578 */ 8579 did_delete = FALSE; 8580 if (c2 == ' ' 8581 && end_col == Columns 8582 && can_clear(T_CE) 8583 && (attr == 0 8584 || (norm_term 8585 && attr <= HL_ALL 8586 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8587 { 8588 /* 8589 * check if we really need to clear something 8590 */ 8591 col = start_col; 8592 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8593 ++col; 8594 8595 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8596 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8597 8598 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8599 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8600 if (enc_utf8) 8601 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8602 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8603 ++off; 8604 else 8605 #endif 8606 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8607 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8608 ++off; 8609 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8610 { 8611 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8612 screen_stop_highlight(); 8613 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8614 out_str(T_CE); 8615 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8616 col = end_col - col; 8617 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8618 { 8619 space_to_screenline(off, 0); 8620 ++off; 8621 } 8622 } 8623 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8624 } 8625 8626 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8627 c = c1; 8628 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8629 { 8630 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8632 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8633 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8634 #endif 8635 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8636 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8637 || force_next 8638 #endif 8639 ) 8640 { 8641 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8642 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8643 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8644 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8645 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8646 if ( 8647 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8648 gui.in_use 8649 # endif 8650 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8651 || 8652 # endif 8653 # ifdef UNIX 8654 term_is_xterm 8655 # endif 8656 ) 8657 { 8658 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8659 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8660 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8661 force_next = TRUE; 8662 else 8663 force_next = FALSE; 8664 } 8665 #endif 8666 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8668 if (enc_utf8) 8669 { 8670 if (c >= 0x80) 8671 { 8672 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8673 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8674 } 8675 else 8676 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8677 } 8678 #endif 8679 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8680 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8681 screen_char(off, row, col); 8682 } 8683 ++off; 8684 if (col == start_col) 8685 { 8686 if (did_delete) 8687 break; 8688 c = c2; 8689 } 8690 } 8691 if (end_col == Columns) 8692 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8693 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8694 { 8695 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8696 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8697 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8698 if (start_col == 0) 8699 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8700 } 8701 } 8702 } 8703 8704 /* 8705 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8706 * screen or the command line. 8707 */ 8708 void 8709 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8710 { 8711 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8712 && !did_wait_return 8713 && emsg_silent == 0) 8714 { 8715 out_flush(); 8716 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8717 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8718 if (check_msg_scroll) 8719 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8720 } 8721 } 8722 8723 /* 8724 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8725 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8726 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8727 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8728 */ 8729 int 8730 screen_valid(int doclear) 8731 { 8732 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8733 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8734 } 8735 8736 /* 8737 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8738 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8739 * 8740 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8741 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8742 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8743 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8744 * final size of the shell is needed. 8745 */ 8746 void 8747 screenalloc(int doclear) 8748 { 8749 int new_row, old_row; 8750 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8751 int old_Rows; 8752 #endif 8753 win_T *wp; 8754 int outofmem = FALSE; 8755 int len; 8756 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8757 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8758 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8759 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8760 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8761 int i; 8762 #endif 8763 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8764 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8765 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8766 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8767 tabpage_T *tp; 8768 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8769 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8770 int retry_count = 0; 8771 8772 retry: 8773 /* 8774 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8775 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8776 * screen stuff. 8777 */ 8778 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8779 && Rows == screen_Rows 8780 && Columns == screen_Columns 8781 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8782 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8783 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8784 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8785 #endif 8786 ) 8787 || Rows == 0 8788 || Columns == 0 8789 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8790 return; 8791 8792 /* 8793 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8794 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8795 * return here. 8796 */ 8797 if (entered) 8798 return; 8799 entered = TRUE; 8800 8801 /* 8802 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8803 * thus we must not redraw here! 8804 */ 8805 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8806 8807 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8808 8809 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8810 8811 /* 8812 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8813 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8814 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8815 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8816 * - Free the old arrays. 8817 * 8818 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8819 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8820 * size is wrong. 8821 */ 8822 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8823 win_free_lsize(wp); 8824 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8825 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8826 8827 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8828 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8829 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8830 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8831 if (enc_utf8) 8832 { 8833 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8834 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8835 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8836 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8837 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8838 } 8839 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8840 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8841 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8842 #endif 8843 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8844 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8845 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8846 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8847 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8848 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8849 8850 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8851 { 8852 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8853 { 8854 outofmem = TRUE; 8855 goto give_up; 8856 } 8857 } 8858 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8859 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8860 outofmem = TRUE; 8861 give_up: 8862 8863 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8864 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8865 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8866 break; 8867 #endif 8868 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8869 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8870 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8871 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8872 #endif 8873 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8874 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8875 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8876 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8877 || outofmem) 8878 { 8879 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8880 { 8881 /* guess the size */ 8882 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8883 8884 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8885 * and over again. */ 8886 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8887 } 8888 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines); 8889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8890 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8891 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8892 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8893 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenLines2); 8894 #endif 8895 VIM_CLEAR(new_ScreenAttrs); 8896 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineOffset); 8897 VIM_CLEAR(new_LineWraps); 8898 VIM_CLEAR(new_TabPageIdxs); 8899 } 8900 else 8901 { 8902 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8903 8904 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8905 { 8906 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8907 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8908 8909 /* 8910 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8911 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8912 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8913 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8914 */ 8915 if (!doclear) 8916 { 8917 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8918 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8920 if (enc_utf8) 8921 { 8922 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8923 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8924 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8925 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8926 + new_row * Columns, 8927 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8928 } 8929 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8930 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8931 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8932 #endif 8933 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8934 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8935 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8936 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8937 { 8938 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8939 len = screen_Columns; 8940 else 8941 len = Columns; 8942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8943 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8944 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8945 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8946 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8947 #endif 8948 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8949 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8950 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8952 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8953 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8954 { 8955 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8956 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8957 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8958 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8959 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8960 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8961 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8962 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8963 } 8964 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8965 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8966 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8967 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8968 #endif 8969 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8970 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8971 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8972 } 8973 } 8974 } 8975 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8976 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8977 } 8978 8979 free_screenlines(); 8980 8981 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8983 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8984 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8985 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8986 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8987 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8988 #endif 8989 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8990 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8991 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8992 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8993 8994 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8995 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8997 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8998 #endif 8999 screen_Rows = Rows; 9000 screen_Columns = Columns; 9001 9002 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 9003 if (doclear) 9004 screenclear2(); 9005 9006 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9007 else if (gui.in_use 9008 && !gui.starting 9009 && ScreenLines != NULL 9010 && old_Rows != Rows) 9011 { 9012 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 9013 /* 9014 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 9015 * command. 9016 */ 9017 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 9018 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 9019 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 9020 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 9021 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 9022 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 9023 } 9024 #endif 9025 9026 entered = FALSE; 9027 --RedrawingDisabled; 9028 9029 /* 9030 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 9031 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 9032 */ 9033 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 9034 { 9035 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 9036 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 9037 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 9038 goto retry; 9039 } 9040 } 9041 9042 void 9043 free_screenlines(void) 9044 { 9045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9046 int i; 9047 9048 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 9049 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 9050 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 9051 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 9052 #endif 9053 vim_free(ScreenLines); 9054 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 9055 vim_free(LineOffset); 9056 vim_free(LineWraps); 9057 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 9058 } 9059 9060 void 9061 screenclear(void) 9062 { 9063 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9064 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 9065 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 9066 } 9067 9068 static void 9069 screenclear2(void) 9070 { 9071 int i; 9072 9073 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 9074 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9075 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 9076 #endif 9077 ) 9078 return; 9079 9080 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9081 if (!gui.in_use) 9082 #endif 9083 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 9084 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 9085 9086 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9087 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 9088 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 9089 #endif 9090 9091 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 9092 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9093 { 9094 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns, 0); 9095 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 9096 } 9097 9098 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 9099 { 9100 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 9101 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9102 mode_displayed = FALSE; 9103 } 9104 else 9105 { 9106 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 9107 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 9108 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 9109 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9110 } 9111 9112 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 9113 9114 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 9115 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9116 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 9117 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 9118 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 9119 compute_cmdrow(); 9120 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 9121 msg_col = 0; 9122 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9123 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 9124 msg_didany = FALSE; 9125 msg_didout = FALSE; 9126 } 9127 9128 /* 9129 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 9130 */ 9131 static void 9132 lineclear(unsigned off, int width, int attr) 9133 { 9134 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9136 if (enc_utf8) 9137 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 9138 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9139 #endif 9140 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, attr, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9141 } 9142 9143 /* 9144 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 9145 * invalid value. 9146 */ 9147 static void 9148 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 9149 { 9150 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9151 } 9152 9153 /* 9154 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 9155 */ 9156 static void 9157 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 9158 { 9159 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 9160 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 9161 9162 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 9163 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9165 if (enc_utf8) 9166 { 9167 int i; 9168 9169 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 9170 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9171 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 9172 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 9173 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 9174 } 9175 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 9176 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 9177 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 9178 #endif 9179 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 9180 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 9181 } 9182 9183 /* 9184 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9185 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9186 */ 9187 int 9188 can_clear(char_u *p) 9189 { 9190 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9191 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9192 || gui.in_use 9193 #endif 9194 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9195 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9196 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9197 #else 9198 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9199 #endif 9200 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9201 } 9202 9203 /* 9204 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9205 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9206 * code. 9207 */ 9208 void 9209 screen_start(void) 9210 { 9211 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9212 } 9213 9214 /* 9215 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9216 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9217 * characters sent to the terminal. 9218 */ 9219 void 9220 windgoto(int row, int col) 9221 { 9222 sattr_T *p; 9223 int i; 9224 int plan; 9225 int cost; 9226 int wouldbe_col; 9227 int noinvcurs; 9228 char_u *bs; 9229 int goto_cost; 9230 int attr; 9231 9232 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9233 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9234 9235 #define PLAN_LE 1 9236 #define PLAN_CR 2 9237 #define PLAN_NL 3 9238 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9239 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9240 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9241 return; 9242 9243 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9244 { 9245 /* Check for valid position. */ 9246 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9247 row = 0; 9248 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9249 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9250 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9251 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9252 9253 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9254 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9255 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9256 else 9257 noinvcurs = 0; 9258 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9259 9260 /* 9261 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9262 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9263 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9264 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9265 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9266 * 9267 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9268 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9269 * 9270 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9271 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9272 */ 9273 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9274 { 9275 /* 9276 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9277 * or T_LE. 9278 */ 9279 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9280 attr = screen_attr; 9281 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9282 { 9283 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9284 if (*T_LE) 9285 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9286 else 9287 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9288 if (*bs) 9289 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9290 else 9291 cost = 999; 9292 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9293 { 9294 plan = PLAN_CR; 9295 wouldbe_col = 0; 9296 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9297 } 9298 else 9299 { 9300 plan = PLAN_LE; 9301 wouldbe_col = col; 9302 } 9303 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9304 { 9305 cost += noinvcurs; 9306 attr = 0; 9307 } 9308 } 9309 9310 /* 9311 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9312 */ 9313 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9314 { 9315 plan = PLAN_NL; 9316 wouldbe_col = 0; 9317 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9318 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9319 { 9320 cost += noinvcurs; 9321 attr = 0; 9322 } 9323 } 9324 9325 /* 9326 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9327 */ 9328 else 9329 { 9330 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9331 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9332 cost = 0; 9333 } 9334 9335 /* 9336 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9337 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9338 */ 9339 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9340 if (i > 0) 9341 cost += i; 9342 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9343 { 9344 /* 9345 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9346 * stopping highlighting. 9347 */ 9348 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9349 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9350 --i; 9351 if (i != 0) 9352 { 9353 /* 9354 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9355 */ 9356 if (*--p == 0) 9357 { 9358 cost += noinvcurs; 9359 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9360 --i; 9361 } 9362 if (i != 0) 9363 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9364 } 9365 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9366 if (enc_utf8) 9367 { 9368 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9369 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9370 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9371 { 9372 cost = 999; 9373 break; 9374 } 9375 } 9376 #endif 9377 } 9378 9379 /* 9380 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9381 */ 9382 if (cost < goto_cost) 9383 { 9384 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9385 { 9386 if (noinvcurs) 9387 screen_stop_highlight(); 9388 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9389 { 9390 out_str(bs); 9391 --screen_cur_col; 9392 } 9393 } 9394 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9395 { 9396 if (noinvcurs) 9397 screen_stop_highlight(); 9398 out_char('\r'); 9399 screen_cur_col = 0; 9400 } 9401 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9402 { 9403 if (noinvcurs) 9404 screen_stop_highlight(); 9405 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9406 { 9407 out_char('\n'); 9408 ++screen_cur_row; 9409 } 9410 screen_cur_col = 0; 9411 } 9412 9413 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9414 if (i > 0) 9415 { 9416 /* 9417 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9418 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9419 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9420 */ 9421 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9422 { 9423 while (i-- > 0) 9424 out_char(*T_ND); 9425 } 9426 else 9427 { 9428 int off; 9429 9430 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9431 while (i-- > 0) 9432 { 9433 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9434 screen_stop_highlight(); 9435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9436 out_flush_check(); 9437 #endif 9438 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9440 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9441 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9442 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9443 #endif 9444 ++off; 9445 } 9446 } 9447 } 9448 } 9449 } 9450 else 9451 cost = 999; 9452 9453 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9454 { 9455 if (noinvcurs) 9456 screen_stop_highlight(); 9457 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9458 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9459 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9460 else 9461 term_windgoto(row, col); 9462 } 9463 screen_cur_row = row; 9464 screen_cur_col = col; 9465 } 9466 } 9467 9468 /* 9469 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9470 */ 9471 void 9472 setcursor(void) 9473 { 9474 setcursor_mayforce(FALSE); 9475 } 9476 9477 /* 9478 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9479 * When "force" is TRUE also when not redrawing. 9480 */ 9481 void 9482 setcursor_mayforce(int force) 9483 { 9484 if (force || redrawing()) 9485 { 9486 validate_cursor(); 9487 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9488 curwin->w_wincol + ( 9489 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9490 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9491 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9492 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)curwin->w_width - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9493 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9494 (has_mbyte 9495 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9496 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9497 # endif 9498 1)) : 9499 #endif 9500 curwin->w_wcol)); 9501 } 9502 } 9503 9504 9505 /* 9506 * Insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'. 9507 * If 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9508 * If 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9509 * scrolling. 9510 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9511 */ 9512 int 9513 win_ins_lines( 9514 win_T *wp, 9515 int row, 9516 int line_count, 9517 int invalid, 9518 int mayclear) 9519 { 9520 int did_delete; 9521 int nextrow; 9522 int lastrow; 9523 int retval; 9524 9525 if (invalid) 9526 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9527 9528 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9529 return FAIL; 9530 9531 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9532 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9533 9534 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE, 0); 9535 if (retval != MAYBE) 9536 return retval; 9537 9538 /* 9539 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9540 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9541 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9542 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9543 */ 9544 did_delete = FALSE; 9545 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9546 { 9547 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9548 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, 0, NULL) == OK) 9549 did_delete = TRUE; 9550 else if (wp->w_next) 9551 return FAIL; 9552 } 9553 /* 9554 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9555 */ 9556 if (!did_delete) 9557 { 9558 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9559 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9560 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; 9561 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9562 if (lastrow > Rows) 9563 lastrow = Rows; 9564 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9565 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9566 ' ', ' ', 0); 9567 } 9568 9569 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, 0, NULL) 9570 == FAIL) 9571 { 9572 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9573 if (did_delete) 9574 { 9575 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9576 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9577 } 9578 return FAIL; 9579 } 9580 9581 return OK; 9582 } 9583 9584 /* 9585 * Delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp". 9586 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9587 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9588 * scrolling 9589 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9590 */ 9591 int 9592 win_del_lines( 9593 win_T *wp, 9594 int row, 9595 int line_count, 9596 int invalid, 9597 int mayclear, 9598 int clear_attr) /* for clearing lines */ 9599 { 9600 int retval; 9601 9602 if (invalid) 9603 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9604 9605 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9606 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9607 9608 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE, clear_attr); 9609 if (retval != MAYBE) 9610 return retval; 9611 9612 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9613 (int)Rows, FALSE, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9614 return FAIL; 9615 9616 /* 9617 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9618 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9619 */ 9620 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9621 { 9622 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9623 line_count, (int)Rows, clear_attr, NULL) == FAIL) 9624 { 9625 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9626 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9627 } 9628 } 9629 /* 9630 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9631 * command line later. 9632 */ 9633 else 9634 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9635 return OK; 9636 } 9637 9638 /* 9639 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9640 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9641 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9642 */ 9643 static int 9644 win_do_lines( 9645 win_T *wp, 9646 int row, 9647 int line_count, 9648 int mayclear, 9649 int del, 9650 int clear_attr) 9651 { 9652 int retval; 9653 9654 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9655 return FAIL; 9656 9657 /* When inserting lines would result in loss of command output, just redraw 9658 * the lines. */ 9659 if (no_win_do_lines_ins && !del) 9660 return FAIL; 9661 9662 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9663 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 && wp->w_width == Columns) 9664 { 9665 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9666 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9667 return FAIL; 9668 } 9669 9670 /* 9671 * Delete all remaining lines 9672 */ 9673 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9674 { 9675 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9676 wp->w_wincol, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9677 ' ', ' ', 0); 9678 return OK; 9679 } 9680 9681 /* 9682 * When scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9683 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9684 * Don't do this when avoiding to insert lines. 9685 */ 9686 if (!no_win_do_lines_ins) 9687 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9688 9689 /* 9690 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9691 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9692 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9693 * win_line(). 9694 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9695 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9696 * scroll-up . 9697 */ 9698 if (scroll_region || wp->w_width != Columns) 9699 { 9700 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9701 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9702 if (del) 9703 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9704 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, clear_attr, wp); 9705 else 9706 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9707 wp->w_height - row, clear_attr, wp); 9708 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9709 scroll_region_reset(); 9710 return retval; 9711 } 9712 9713 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9714 return FAIL; 9715 9716 return MAYBE; 9717 } 9718 9719 /* 9720 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9721 */ 9722 static void 9723 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9724 { 9725 while (wp != NULL) 9726 { 9727 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9728 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9729 wp = wp->w_next; 9730 } 9731 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9732 } 9733 9734 /* 9735 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9736 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9737 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9738 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9739 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9740 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9741 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9742 */ 9743 9744 /* 9745 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9746 */ 9747 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9748 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9749 #define USE_T_AL 3 9750 #define USE_T_CE 4 9751 #define USE_T_DL 5 9752 #define USE_T_SR 6 9753 #define USE_NL 7 9754 #define USE_T_CD 8 9755 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9756 9757 /* 9758 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9759 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9760 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9761 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9762 * 9763 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9764 */ 9765 int 9766 screen_ins_lines( 9767 int off, 9768 int row, 9769 int line_count, 9770 int end, 9771 int clear_attr, 9772 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9773 { 9774 int i; 9775 int j; 9776 unsigned temp; 9777 int cursor_row; 9778 int type; 9779 int result_empty; 9780 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9781 9782 /* 9783 * FAIL if 9784 * - there is no valid screen 9785 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9786 * - the line count is less than one 9787 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9788 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 9789 */ 9790 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll 9791 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9792 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 9793 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 9794 #endif 9795 ) 9796 return FAIL; 9797 9798 /* 9799 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9800 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9801 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9802 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9803 * the insert is just empty lines 9804 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9805 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9806 * at once. 9807 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9808 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9809 * 1. 9810 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9811 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9812 * just empty lines. 9813 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9814 * just empty lines. 9815 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9816 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9817 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9818 * 9819 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9820 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9821 * exists. 9822 */ 9823 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9824 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9825 type = USE_REDRAW; 9826 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9827 type = USE_T_CD; 9828 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9829 type = USE_T_CAL; 9830 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9831 type = USE_T_CDL; 9832 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9833 type = USE_T_AL; 9834 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9835 type = USE_T_CE; 9836 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9837 type = USE_T_DL; 9838 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9839 type = USE_T_SR; 9840 else 9841 return FAIL; 9842 9843 /* 9844 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9845 * care of t_db if necessary. 9846 */ 9847 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9848 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9849 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9850 9851 /* 9852 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9853 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9854 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9855 */ 9856 if (*T_DB) 9857 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, 0, wp); 9858 9859 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9860 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9861 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9862 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 9863 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9864 else 9865 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9866 #endif 9867 9868 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9869 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9870 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9871 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9872 #endif 9873 9874 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9875 cursor_row = row; 9876 else 9877 cursor_row = row + off; 9878 9879 /* 9880 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9881 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9882 */ 9883 row += off; 9884 end += off; 9885 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9886 { 9887 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9888 { 9889 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9890 j = end - 1 - i; 9891 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9892 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9893 j += line_count; 9894 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9895 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 9896 clear_attr); 9897 else 9898 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9899 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9900 } 9901 else 9902 { 9903 j = end - 1 - i; 9904 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9905 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9906 { 9907 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9908 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9909 } 9910 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9911 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9912 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9913 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 9914 else 9915 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9916 } 9917 } 9918 9919 screen_stop_highlight(); 9920 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9921 if (clear_attr != 0) 9922 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 9923 9924 /* redraw the characters */ 9925 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9926 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9927 else if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9928 { 9929 term_append_lines(line_count); 9930 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9931 } 9932 else 9933 { 9934 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9935 { 9936 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9937 { 9938 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9939 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9940 out_str(T_AL); 9941 } 9942 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9943 out_str(T_SR); 9944 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9945 } 9946 } 9947 9948 /* 9949 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9950 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9951 */ 9952 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9953 { 9954 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9955 { 9956 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9957 out_str(T_CE); 9958 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9959 } 9960 } 9961 9962 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9963 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9964 if (gui.in_use) 9965 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9966 #endif 9967 return OK; 9968 } 9969 9970 /* 9971 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 9972 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9973 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 9974 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 9975 * 9976 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9977 */ 9978 int 9979 screen_del_lines( 9980 int off, 9981 int row, 9982 int line_count, 9983 int end, 9984 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9985 int clear_attr, /* used for clearing lines */ 9986 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9987 { 9988 int j; 9989 int i; 9990 unsigned temp; 9991 int cursor_row; 9992 int cursor_end; 9993 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9994 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9995 int type; 9996 9997 /* 9998 * FAIL if 9999 * - there is no valid screen 10000 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 10001 * - the line count is less than one 10002 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 10003 * - redrawing for a callback and there is a modeless selection 10004 */ 10005 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 10006 || (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll) 10007 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10008 || (clip_star.state != SELECT_CLEARED 10009 && redrawing_for_callback > 0) 10010 #endif 10011 ) 10012 return FAIL; 10013 10014 /* 10015 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 10016 */ 10017 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 10018 10019 /* 10020 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 10021 * available. 10022 */ 10023 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 10024 10025 /* 10026 * There are six ways to delete lines: 10027 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 10028 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 10029 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 10030 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 10031 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 10032 * none of the other ways work. 10033 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 10034 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 10035 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 10036 */ 10037 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 10038 type = USE_REDRAW; 10039 else if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 10040 type = USE_T_CD; 10041 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 10042 /* 10043 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 10044 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 10045 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 10046 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 10047 * the trick... 10048 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 10049 * (Olaf Seibert) 10050 */ 10051 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 10052 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 10053 #else 10054 else if (row == 0 && ( 10055 #ifndef AMIGA 10056 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 10057 * up, so use delete-line command */ 10058 line_count == 1 || 10059 #endif 10060 *T_CDL == NUL)) 10061 #endif 10062 type = USE_NL; 10063 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 10064 type = USE_T_CDL; 10065 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 10066 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)) 10067 type = USE_T_CE; 10068 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 10069 type = USE_T_DL; 10070 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 10071 type = USE_T_CDL; 10072 else 10073 return FAIL; 10074 10075 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 10076 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 10077 * not the full width of the screen. */ 10078 if (off + row > 0 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)) 10079 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 10080 else 10081 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 10082 #endif 10083 10084 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10085 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 10086 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 10087 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 10088 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 10089 #endif 10090 10091 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 10092 { 10093 cursor_row = row; 10094 cursor_end = end; 10095 } 10096 else 10097 { 10098 cursor_row = row + off; 10099 cursor_end = end + off; 10100 } 10101 10102 /* 10103 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 10104 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 10105 */ 10106 row += off; 10107 end += off; 10108 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 10109 { 10110 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 10111 { 10112 /* need to copy part of a line */ 10113 j = row + i; 10114 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10115 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 10116 j -= line_count; 10117 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10118 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width, 10119 clear_attr); 10120 else 10121 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 10122 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 10123 } 10124 else 10125 { 10126 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 10127 j = row + i; 10128 temp = LineOffset[j]; 10129 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 10130 { 10131 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 10132 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 10133 } 10134 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 10135 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 10136 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 10137 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns, clear_attr); 10138 else 10139 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 10140 } 10141 } 10142 10143 if (screen_attr != clear_attr) 10144 screen_stop_highlight(); 10145 if (clear_attr != 0) 10146 screen_start_highlight(clear_attr); 10147 10148 /* redraw the characters */ 10149 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 10150 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 10151 else if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 10152 { 10153 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10154 out_str(T_CD); 10155 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10156 } 10157 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 10158 { 10159 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10160 term_delete_lines(line_count); 10161 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10162 } 10163 /* 10164 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 10165 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 10166 * last line. 10167 */ 10168 else if (type == USE_NL) 10169 { 10170 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 10171 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10172 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10173 } 10174 else 10175 { 10176 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10177 { 10178 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10179 { 10180 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10181 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10182 } 10183 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10184 { 10185 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 10186 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10187 } 10188 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10189 } 10190 } 10191 10192 /* 10193 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10194 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10195 */ 10196 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10197 { 10198 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10199 { 10200 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 10201 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10202 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10203 } 10204 } 10205 10206 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10207 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10208 if (gui.in_use) 10209 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10210 #endif 10211 10212 return OK; 10213 } 10214 10215 /* 10216 * Show the current mode and ruler. 10217 * 10218 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10219 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10220 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10221 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10222 */ 10223 int 10224 showmode(void) 10225 { 10226 int need_clear; 10227 int length = 0; 10228 int do_mode; 10229 int attr; 10230 int nwr_save; 10231 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10232 int sub_attr; 10233 #endif 10234 10235 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10236 && ((State & INSERT) 10237 || restart_edit 10238 || VIsual_active)); 10239 if (do_mode || Recording) 10240 { 10241 /* 10242 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10243 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10244 * it takes a bit of time. 10245 */ 10246 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10247 { 10248 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10249 return 0; 10250 } 10251 10252 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10253 10254 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10255 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10256 10257 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10258 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10259 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10260 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10261 10262 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10263 msg_pos_mode(); 10264 cursor_off(); 10265 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10266 if (do_mode) 10267 { 10268 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10269 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10270 if ( 10271 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10272 preedit_get_status() 10273 # else 10274 im_get_status() 10275 # endif 10276 ) 10277 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10278 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10279 # else 10280 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10281 # endif 10282 #endif 10283 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10284 if (gui.in_use) 10285 { 10286 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10287 { 10288 /* HANGUL */ 10289 if (enc_utf8) 10290 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10291 else 10292 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10293 } 10294 } 10295 #endif 10296 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10297 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10298 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10299 { 10300 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10301 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10302 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10303 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10304 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10305 if (length > 0) 10306 { 10307 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10308 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10309 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10310 { 10311 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10312 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10313 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10314 } 10315 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10316 { 10317 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10318 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10319 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10320 else 10321 sub_attr = attr; 10322 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10323 } 10324 } 10325 } 10326 else 10327 #endif 10328 { 10329 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10330 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10331 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10332 else 10333 #endif 10334 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10335 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10336 else if (State & INSERT) 10337 { 10338 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10339 if (p_ri) 10340 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10341 #endif 10342 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10343 } 10344 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10345 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10346 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10347 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10348 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10349 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10350 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10351 if (p_hkmap) 10352 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10353 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10354 if (p_fkmap) 10355 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10356 # endif 10357 #endif 10358 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10359 if (State & LANGMAP) 10360 { 10361 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10362 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10363 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10364 else 10365 # endif 10366 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10367 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10368 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10369 } 10370 #endif 10371 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10372 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10373 10374 if (VIsual_active) 10375 { 10376 char *p; 10377 10378 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10379 * problems. */ 10380 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10381 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10382 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10383 { 10384 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10385 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10386 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10387 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10388 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10389 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10390 } 10391 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10392 } 10393 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10394 } 10395 10396 need_clear = TRUE; 10397 } 10398 if (Recording 10399 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10400 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10401 #endif 10402 ) 10403 { 10404 recording_mode(attr); 10405 need_clear = TRUE; 10406 } 10407 10408 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10409 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10410 msg_clr_eos(); 10411 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10412 length = msg_col; 10413 msg_col = 0; 10414 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10415 } 10416 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10417 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10418 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10419 10420 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10421 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10422 if (VIsual_active) 10423 clear_showcmd(); 10424 10425 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10426 * message and must be redrawn */ 10427 if (redrawing() && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10428 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10429 #endif 10430 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10431 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10432 10433 return length; 10434 } 10435 10436 /* 10437 * Position for a mode message. 10438 */ 10439 static void 10440 msg_pos_mode(void) 10441 { 10442 msg_col = 0; 10443 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10444 } 10445 10446 /* 10447 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10448 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10449 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10450 */ 10451 void 10452 unshowmode(int force) 10453 { 10454 /* 10455 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10456 */ 10457 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10458 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10459 else 10460 clearmode(); 10461 } 10462 10463 /* 10464 * Clear the mode message. 10465 */ 10466 void 10467 clearmode(void) 10468 { 10469 msg_pos_mode(); 10470 if (Recording) 10471 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10472 msg_clr_eos(); 10473 } 10474 10475 static void 10476 recording_mode(int attr) 10477 { 10478 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10479 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10480 { 10481 char_u s[4]; 10482 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10483 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10484 } 10485 } 10486 10487 /* 10488 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10489 */ 10490 static void 10491 draw_tabline(void) 10492 { 10493 int tabcount = 0; 10494 tabpage_T *tp; 10495 int tabwidth; 10496 int col = 0; 10497 int scol = 0; 10498 int attr; 10499 win_T *wp; 10500 win_T *cwp; 10501 int wincount; 10502 int modified; 10503 int c; 10504 int len; 10505 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10506 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10507 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10508 char_u *p; 10509 int room; 10510 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10511 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10512 && !gui.in_use 10513 #endif 10514 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10515 && !p_tgc 10516 #endif 10517 ); 10518 10519 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10520 return; 10521 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10522 10523 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10524 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10525 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10526 { 10527 gui_update_tabline(); 10528 return; 10529 } 10530 #endif 10531 10532 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10533 return; 10534 10535 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10536 10537 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10538 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10539 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10540 10541 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10542 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10543 { 10544 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10545 10546 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10547 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10548 did_emsg = FALSE; 10549 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10550 if (did_emsg) 10551 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10552 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10553 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10554 } 10555 else 10556 #endif 10557 { 10558 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10559 ++tabcount; 10560 10561 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10562 if (tabwidth < 6) 10563 tabwidth = 6; 10564 10565 attr = attr_nosel; 10566 tabcount = 0; 10567 scol = 0; 10568 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10569 tp = tp->tp_next) 10570 { 10571 scol = col; 10572 10573 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10574 attr = attr_sel; 10575 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10576 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10577 10578 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10579 attr = attr_nosel; 10580 10581 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10582 10583 if (tp == curtab) 10584 { 10585 cwp = curwin; 10586 wp = firstwin; 10587 } 10588 else 10589 { 10590 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10591 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10592 } 10593 10594 modified = FALSE; 10595 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10596 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10597 modified = TRUE; 10598 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10599 { 10600 if (wincount > 1) 10601 { 10602 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10603 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10604 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10605 break; 10606 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10607 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10608 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10609 #else 10610 attr 10611 #endif 10612 ); 10613 col += len; 10614 } 10615 if (modified) 10616 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10617 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10618 } 10619 10620 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10621 if (room > 0) 10622 { 10623 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10624 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10625 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10626 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10627 p = NameBuff; 10628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10629 if (has_mbyte) 10630 while (len > room) 10631 { 10632 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10633 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10634 } 10635 else 10636 #endif 10637 if (len > room) 10638 { 10639 p += len - room; 10640 len = room; 10641 } 10642 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10643 len = Columns - col - 1; 10644 10645 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10646 col += len; 10647 } 10648 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10649 10650 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10651 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10652 ++tabcount; 10653 while (scol < col) 10654 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10655 } 10656 10657 if (use_sep_chars) 10658 c = '_'; 10659 else 10660 c = ' '; 10661 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10662 10663 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10664 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10665 { 10666 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10667 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10668 } 10669 } 10670 10671 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10672 * set. */ 10673 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10674 } 10675 10676 /* 10677 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10678 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10679 */ 10680 void 10681 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10682 { 10683 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10684 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10685 else 10686 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10687 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10688 } 10689 10690 /* 10691 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10692 */ 10693 static int 10694 fillchar_status(int *attr, win_T *wp) 10695 { 10696 int fill; 10697 10698 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 10699 if (bt_terminal(wp->w_buffer)) 10700 { 10701 if (wp == curwin) 10702 { 10703 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_ST); 10704 fill = fill_stl; 10705 } 10706 else 10707 { 10708 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_STNC); 10709 fill = fill_stlnc; 10710 } 10711 } 10712 else 10713 #endif 10714 if (wp == curwin) 10715 { 10716 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10717 fill = fill_stl; 10718 } 10719 else 10720 { 10721 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10722 fill = fill_stlnc; 10723 } 10724 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10725 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10726 * current window */ 10727 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10728 || wp != curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10729 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10730 return fill; 10731 if (wp == curwin) 10732 return '^'; 10733 return '='; 10734 } 10735 10736 /* 10737 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10738 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10739 */ 10740 static int 10741 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10742 { 10743 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10744 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10745 return '|'; 10746 else 10747 return fill_vert; 10748 } 10749 10750 /* 10751 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10752 */ 10753 int 10754 redrawing(void) 10755 { 10756 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10757 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10758 return 0; 10759 else 10760 #endif 10761 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10762 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10763 } 10764 10765 /* 10766 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10767 */ 10768 int 10769 messaging(void) 10770 { 10771 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10772 } 10773 10774 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 10775 /* 10776 * Draw the window toolbar. 10777 */ 10778 static void 10779 redraw_win_toolbar(win_T *wp) 10780 { 10781 vimmenu_T *menu; 10782 int item_idx = 0; 10783 int item_count = 0; 10784 int col = 0; 10785 int next_col; 10786 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 10787 int fill_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarLine"); 10788 int button_attr = syn_name2attr((char_u *)"ToolbarButton"); 10789 10790 vim_free(wp->w_winbar_items); 10791 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next) 10792 ++item_count; 10793 wp->w_winbar_items = (winbar_item_T *)alloc_clear( 10794 (unsigned)sizeof(winbar_item_T) * (item_count + 1)); 10795 10796 /* TODO: use fewer spaces if there is not enough room */ 10797 for (menu = wp->w_winbar->children; 10798 menu != NULL && col < wp->w_width; menu = menu->next) 10799 { 10800 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10801 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10802 break; 10803 if (col > 1) 10804 { 10805 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10806 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10807 break; 10808 } 10809 10810 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_startcol = col; 10811 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10812 if (++col >= wp->w_width) 10813 break; 10814 10815 next_col = text_to_screenline(wp, menu->name, col); 10816 while (col < next_col) 10817 { 10818 ScreenAttrs[off + col] = button_attr; 10819 ++col; 10820 } 10821 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_endcol = col; 10822 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = menu; 10823 ++item_idx; 10824 10825 if (col >= wp->w_width) 10826 break; 10827 space_to_screenline(off + col, button_attr); 10828 ++col; 10829 } 10830 while (col < wp->w_width) 10831 { 10832 space_to_screenline(off + col, fill_attr); 10833 ++col; 10834 } 10835 wp->w_winbar_items[item_idx].wb_menu = NULL; /* end marker */ 10836 10837 screen_line(wp->w_winrow, wp->w_wincol, (int)wp->w_width, 10838 (int)wp->w_width, FALSE); 10839 } 10840 #endif 10841 /* 10842 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10843 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10844 */ 10845 void 10846 showruler(int always) 10847 { 10848 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10849 return; 10850 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10851 if (pum_visible()) 10852 { 10853 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10854 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10855 return; 10856 } 10857 #endif 10858 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10859 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10860 { 10861 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10862 } 10863 else 10864 #endif 10865 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10866 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10867 #endif 10868 10869 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10870 if (need_maketitle 10871 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10872 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10873 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10874 # endif 10875 ) 10876 maketitle(); 10877 #endif 10878 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10879 if (redraw_tabline) 10880 draw_tabline(); 10881 } 10882 10883 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10884 static void 10885 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always) 10886 { 10887 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10888 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10889 int row; 10890 int fillchar; 10891 int attr; 10892 int empty_line = FALSE; 10893 colnr_T virtcol; 10894 int i; 10895 size_t len; 10896 int o; 10897 int this_ru_col; 10898 int off = 0; 10899 int width = Columns; 10900 10901 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10902 if (!p_ru) 10903 return; 10904 10905 /* 10906 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10907 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10908 */ 10909 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10910 return; 10911 10912 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10913 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10914 * the (long) mode message. */ 10915 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10916 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10917 return; 10918 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10919 if (pum_visible()) 10920 return; 10921 #endif 10922 10923 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10924 if (*p_ruf) 10925 { 10926 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10927 10928 called_emsg = FALSE; 10929 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10930 if (called_emsg) 10931 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10932 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10933 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10934 return; 10935 } 10936 #endif 10937 10938 /* 10939 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10940 */ 10941 if (!(State & INSERT) 10942 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10943 empty_line = TRUE; 10944 10945 /* 10946 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10947 */ 10948 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10949 if ( redraw_cmdline 10950 || always 10951 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10952 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10953 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10954 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10955 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10956 #endif 10957 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10958 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10959 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10960 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10961 #endif 10962 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10963 { 10964 cursor_off(); 10965 if (wp->w_status_height) 10966 { 10967 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10968 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp); 10969 off = wp->w_wincol; 10970 width = wp->w_width; 10971 } 10972 else 10973 { 10974 row = Rows - 1; 10975 fillchar = ' '; 10976 attr = 0; 10977 width = Columns; 10978 off = 0; 10979 } 10980 10981 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10982 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10983 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10984 { 10985 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10986 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10987 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10988 } 10989 10990 /* 10991 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10992 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10993 */ 10994 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10995 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10996 ? 0L 10997 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10998 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10999 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 11000 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 11001 (int)virtcol + 1); 11002 11003 /* 11004 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 11005 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 11006 * screen up on some terminals). 11007 */ 11008 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 11009 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 11010 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 11011 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 11012 ++o; 11013 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 11014 if (this_ru_col < 0) 11015 this_ru_col = 0; 11016 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 11017 * half for the filename. */ 11018 if (this_ru_col < (width + 1) / 2) 11019 this_ru_col = (width + 1) / 2; 11020 if (this_ru_col + o < width) 11021 { 11022 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 11023 while (this_ru_col + o < width && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 11024 { 11025 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11026 if (has_mbyte) 11027 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 11028 else 11029 #endif 11030 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 11031 ++o; 11032 } 11033 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 11034 } 11035 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 11036 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 11037 if (has_mbyte) 11038 { 11039 o = 0; 11040 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 11041 { 11042 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 11043 if (this_ru_col + o > width) 11044 { 11045 buffer[i] = NUL; 11046 break; 11047 } 11048 } 11049 } 11050 else 11051 #endif 11052 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > width) 11053 buffer[width - this_ru_col] = NUL; 11054 11055 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + off, attr); 11056 i = redraw_cmdline; 11057 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 11058 this_ru_col + off + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 11059 (int)(off + width), 11060 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 11061 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 11062 redraw_cmdline = i; 11063 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 11064 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 11065 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 11066 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 11067 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11068 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 11069 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 11070 #endif 11071 } 11072 } 11073 #endif 11074 11075 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 11076 /* 11077 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 11078 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 11079 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 11080 */ 11081 int 11082 number_width(win_T *wp) 11083 { 11084 int n; 11085 linenr_T lnum; 11086 11087 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 11088 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 11089 lnum = wp->w_height; 11090 else 11091 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 11092 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 11093 11094 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 11095 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 11096 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 11097 11098 n = 0; 11099 do 11100 { 11101 lnum /= 10; 11102 ++n; 11103 } while (lnum > 0); 11104 11105 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 11106 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 11107 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 11108 11109 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 11110 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 11111 return n; 11112 } 11113 #endif 11114 11115 /* 11116 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 11117 * screen. First column is 0. 11118 */ 11119 int 11120 screen_screencol(void) 11121 { 11122 return screen_cur_col; 11123 } 11124 11125 /* 11126 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 11127 * First row is 0. 11128 */ 11129 int 11130 screen_screenrow(void) 11131 { 11132 return screen_cur_row; 11133 } 11134